2021-2022江西中考英语复习课件 1.第一部分 话题读写进阶训练（14份打包）

(共68张PPT)
话题7 理想与梦想（2篇+5篇）
话题角度：个人梦想、实现梦想的做法、未来生活
（选择型阅读理解：2020 B，2019 C, 2018 B, 2016 C, 2014-2013 B）
【教材语篇链接】
单元
八年级 (上) Unit 6 生活目标
教材优质语篇读写练
课外语篇拓展练
高频话题写作指导：愿望
Passage 1【冀教八年级（上）Lesson 29-30, P74】
Hello Danny,
In school, we are talking about our ambitions and dreams. Some of us have no idea, but others have very clear goals. Some students want to be fishermen, some want to be policemen or policewomen, and some want to be artists. There are so many good choices. It’s hard to choose just one. The main thing is to know yourself and to choose the right path for you.
What will I be when I grow up I hope to be a good teacher like Ms. Liu. She is strict but nice. She encourages us to work hard，but she never punishes us. Her classes are fun!
What are you going to be when you’re older, Danny You are good at playing basketball. You would be a good basketball player，I think. Are you taller this year
Talk to you soon!
Li Ming
Hi Li Ming!
You are right. I love playing basketball, and I’m much taller this year. However, I’m not going to be a basketball player when I grow up.
I wrote an e-mail to Helen about my future this week. She is a wise woman. She works for the newspaper and gives advice to people. I asked her many questions.
She gave me some advice. She said I might be a good actor. I would like to be a famous movie star someday. Or maybe I will be an actor on TV.
It would be great to be rich and famous when I’m older. But no matter what, I will always be your friend!
All the best.
Danny
【I know them】
1.have no idea_________________
不知道；不清楚
2.goals n._______
目标
3.choices n._______
→_________ （v.）选择
选择
choose
4.path n._____________
道路；途径
5.strict adj._________
短语：___________________对某人严厉
________________________________ 在（做）某事方面要求严格
严厉的
be strict with sb.
be strict in/about （doing） sth.
6.encourages v._______
搭配：_________________________鼓励某人做某事
鼓励
encourage sb. to do sth.
7.punishes v._______
→_____________ （n.）惩罚
punishment
8.wise adj._________
睿智的
9.would like to do sth._____________
想要做某事
10.movie star___________
电影明星
惩罚
【I can think】
一、选择正确答案
( )1.What does the underlined word “ambitions” in Paragraph 1 mean
A. Experiences. B. Hopes. C. Plans. D. Ways.
B
( )2.What is the passage mainly about
A. Different choices about dreams.
B. The balance between hobbies and dreams.
C. The dreams of Li Ming and Danny.
D. The ways of being rich and famous.
C
( )3.In which part of a magazine can you read the passage
A. Question and answer. B. Science and technology.
C. Communication and exchange. D. Future and dreams.
D
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.The main thing is to know yourself and to choose the right path for you.
_________________________________________________________________
The main thing is to have a clear dream and to work hard for it.
2.I hope to be a good teacher like Ms. Liu.
______________________________________________
I hope to be a famous writer like my mother.
3.I’m not going to be a basketball player when I grow up.
_______________________________________________
I’m not going to be a teacher when I grow up.
4.I would like to be a famous movie star someday.
___________________________________________
I would like to be a great painter someday.
二、回答问题
1.What’s your dream Why do you have this dream
__________________________________________________________________
My dream is to be a singer because I like singing songs very much.
2.What will you do to achieve your dream
________________________________________________________________________________________
I will attend music lessons after school. And I will watch some song shows in my free time.
Passage 2【鲁教八年级（下）Unit 3 Section B 2b, P22】
I’d love to sail across the Pacific
We all dream about things that we would like to do and things we hope to achieve in the future. But are everybody’s dreams the same Here are some of the findings of a survey about hopes and dreams, in which thousands of students across China took part.
What are the hopes of teenagers
We received several different answers to the question: What would you like to do after finishing your education It seems some students would like to start work as soon as possible, so that they can help provide better lives for their parents. Other students hope to continue studying after finishing school and to go to university. Although money is important, many teenagers said they want to do jobs they enjoy. According to the survey, the most popular choice of job is computer programming.
What are the dreams of teenagers
Teenagers have all kinds of dreams. Some are more realistic than others. For example, many students said they would like to be volunteers for Hope Project. And quite a few said they dream of going to the moon one day.
According to the survey, less realistic dreams are also common, but many students reported that they were willing to work hard to achieve their dreams. Quite a few dream of becoming famous, perhaps famous sportspeople or singers. Some said they’d love to go on exciting trips; one student said she’d love to sail across the Pacific Ocean. And then there are dreams that are impossible; _______
Conclusion
It was clear from the survey that teenagers have similar hopes. It seems that most students hope to have a good education and find a good job. On the other hand, students dream of very different things: good things, and even crazy things. It is very important to dream, so hold on to your dreams; one day they may just come true.
【I know them】
1.dream v._____________
→_________________（过去式/过去分词）
搭配：___________________________梦想做某事
梦想；做梦
dreamed/dreamt
dream about/of doing sth.
2.achieve v. _______
短语：_____________________实现某人的梦想
实现
achieve one’s dream
3.in the future_________
在未来
4.thousands of_____________
成千上万的
5.take part in_______
参加
6.as soon as possible _______
尽快
7.provide sth. for sb. _________________
给某人提供某物
8.continue doing sth._____________
继续做某事
根据
9.according to_______
计算机编程
puter programming_____________
现实的；务实的
11.realistic adj._________________
志愿者
自愿
12.volunteers n._________v._______
搭配：_____________________自愿做某事
volunteer to do sth.
愿意做某事
13.be willing to do sth. _____________
横渡
14.sail across_______
结论
15.conclusion n._______
→___________ （v.）推断出
conclude
坚持某事
16.hold on to sth.___________
实现
e true_______
【I can think】
选择正确答案
( )1.Choose the best sentence to fill in the blank in Paragraph 4.
A. Three students said they’d like to be able to fly!
B. It is difficult to sail across the ocean!
C. Some dreams are possible to achieve!
D. Three students said they’d like to be scientists!
A
( )2.What does the underlined word “Some” in Paragraph 3 refer to
A. Some surveys. B. Some volunteers. C. Some dreams. D. Some jobs.
C
( )3.What would be the best title for the passage
A. Ways to Achieve Dreams B. A Survey About Dreams
C. Realistic Jobs and Impossible Dreams D. Hopes and Dreams of Teenagers
D
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.Although money is important, many teenagers said they want to do jobs they enjoy.
________________________________________________________________________
Although I am busy in studying, I will not give up developing my hobbies.
2.It seems that most students hope to have a good education and find a good job.
____________________________________________________
It seems that girls in my classes hope to be teachers.
3.It is very important to dream, so hold on to your dreams.
_______________________________________________________
It is meaningful to plan, so plan your task step by step.
二、回答问题
1.Do you have any dream that seems impossible What is it
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Yes, I do. I want to have two wings and fly to the sky. /I would like to have a dream house made of sugar and cookies.
2.How do you like someone’s dream of being a famous star
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
To be a star is wonderful, but I think we should be the ones who can make contributions to our country./In my opinion, it is a great dream. I can call on my fans to help more people in need if I was a famous star. And my parents can see me on TV. They would be proud of me.
三、长难句分析
1.Here are some of the findings of a survey about hopes and dreams, in which thousands of students across China took part.
该句含有___________定语从句，引导词___________=________，先行词为_________。句意为：_____________________________________________________________________________
非限定性
in which
where
survey
下面是一项关于希望和梦想的调查的部分发现，全国有数千名学生参加了这项调查。
Passage 1
【读前预先练】
1.take after_________________
长得像；性格像
2.curious nature _____________
好奇的性格
3.continuously adv. _________
持续地
4.tape recording ___________
录音磁带
5.instrument n. _______
乐器
6.be involved in _____________________
卷入……，涉及……
7.artistic creation ___________
艺术创作
I take after my mother. From her I took over a curious nature, a sense . .1. . adventure and bright red hair. However, I did not receive a talent for . .2. . from her.
My mother never doubted that I would be a child Mozart. She found a strict Russian woman to be my piano teacher . .3. . I was four. I did whatever the teacher told me in order to . .4. . my mother. “Feel the music,” she always told me. I “felt” it. But what was more unpleasant than too many wrong notes played continuously She “felt” my music, too, which was why she always left with a（n） . .5. . expression.
Once, in order to . .6. . my practice, I managed to record one of my own rehearsals（练习）. I put on the tape recording and read until the tape had finished. That method worked for a week, until my mother began to . .7. . why I always missed the same note. . .8. . came in and found that I had fallen asleep while the tape of my performance played on and on.
Realizing I couldn’t be a . .9. . like Mozart, my mother told me to pick another instrument. From then on, I worked my way through several other instruments, but I still couldn’t play any of them . .10. ..
. .11. . my mother came up with another idea. She took me to a drama（戏剧） teacher. However, the teacher put me into painting scenery（舞台布景） instead of teaching me to sing. Immediately I fell in love with this active and practical world, and I discovered that I had a skill for building and painting. I loved the . .12. . of taking our limited supplies and using them to make something beautiful!
I’m a sculptor（雕刻家） now, and every day I . .13. . once again the pleasure of being fully involved in the act of artistic creation. It’s a wonderful feeling. I realize that my mother was trying to give me this . .14. .. Perhaps she went about it in the . .15. . way, but her heart was in the right place.
( )1.A. for B. with C. of D. on
C
( )2.A. music B. sports C. cooking D. writing
A
( )3.A. if B. although C. once D. when
D
( )4.A. praise B. please C. believe D. help
B
( )5.A. excited B. happy C. angry D. shy
C
( )6.A. stop B. continue C. begin D. escape
D
( )7.A. require B. argue C. wonder D. expect
C
( )8.A. He B. She C. They D. You
B
( )9.A. pilot B. painter C. musician D. teacher
C
( )10.A. secretly B. perfectly C. quietly D. politely
B
( )11.A. Enough B. Lately C. Ever D. Again
B
( )12.A. challenge B. change C. risk D. advice
A
( )13.A. create B. consider C. share D. experience
D
( )14.A. feeling B. invention C. job D. chance
A
( )15.A. dark B. positive C. right D. wrong
D
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.My mother never doubted that I would be a child Mozart.
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
If you often doubt yourself, being highly praised by others may bring you happiness for a long time.
2.I put on the tape recording and read until the tape had finished.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
At the meeting, the managers kept arguing about the problem until they reached an agreement.
3.However, the teacher put me into painting scenery（舞台布景） instead of teaching me to sing.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
To live a low-carbon life, she always goes to work on her bike instead of going by taxi.
4.Immediately I fell in love with this active and practical world, and I
discovered that I had a skill for building and painting.
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Soon with the help of my father, I learned to play basketball, and I suddenly found that I enjoyed the feeling of relaxation after doing sports.
二、回答问题
1.What can we know from the sentence “But what is more unpleasant than too many wrong notes played continuously ”
______________________________________________________________________________________________
The writer was not good at playing the piano and the mistakes she had made made her very sad.
2.What is the purpose of the passage
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
To warn parents to let their children find their own interests./To tell parents not to make art a burden on their children./To tell parents not to build their ideas or dreams on their children.
Passage 2
【读前预先练】
1.set a goal_______________
设定一个目标
2.decide to _______
决定
3.go on _______
继续
4.in the end _______
最后
5.give up _______
放弃
6.It is a pity that... _____________________
……，那太遗憾了。
7.lead to _____________
导致，导向
8.prepare yourself well ___________________
使你自己做好准备
you see without never uncomfortable when ask goal story do
Once an excellent swimmer set a goal for herself. She decided to swim across the English Channel. If she could succeed, she would be the first person 1. ________ that in the world. On that day, she jumped into the sea and swam towards the opposite bank
2. ________ any protection. During the journey, she met strong wind, heavy rain and big waves. Although she was tired and felt 3. ______________, she still went on swimming. But in the end, she had to give up her journey. And she didn’t know that the opposite bank was only one mile away 4. ________ she gave up.
Later she was 5. ________ the reason. She said, “The reason why I gave up is that I couldn’t 6. ________ how close I was to the end.” It was a great pity that one mile broke her dream.
to do
without
uncomfortable
when
asked
see
Starting when we were young children, too many successful 7. _________ are told to us about courage and persistence（坚持） leading to success. But we are 8. __________ told where to find courage and persistence. You can only have courage and persistence when you know where your 9. __________ is. And that’s because only when you know where your goal is, can you prepare 10. __________ well.
A life without a goal is like a ship without a compass. It goes nowhere. There is no courage or persistence in a life without goals.
stories
never
goal
yourself
【I can express】
一、句子翻译
1.Once an excellent swimmer set a goal for herself.
_______________________________________________
曾经一个优秀的游泳健将给自己设定了一个目标。
2.During the journey, she met strong wind, heavy rain and big waves.
___________________________________________
在整个过程中，她遭遇了强风，大雨和巨浪。
3.The reason why I gave up is that I couldn’t see how close I was to the end.
_______________________________________________
我之所以放弃，原因是我不知道离终点还有多远。
二、回答问题
1.What’s your goal for yourself this year
_____________________________________
My goal is to travel alone to Beijing.
2.What did you do to make your goal come true
_______________________________________________________________________________________
I searched some information on the Internet and did a part-time job to make some money.
Passage 3
【读前预先练】
1.make up _______
编造
2.break-through story _____________________
有突破性进展的故事
3.publish v. _______
出版
4.raise funds ___________
筹集资金
5.charity n. _______
慈善
6.eventually adv. _______
最后
7.attitude n._______
态度
Ashley has always enjoyed writing and dreamed of being “a writer” from an early age. However, becoming “a writer” is not easy.
When Ashley was young she would make up stories for herself and her friends. When she was in middle school, she tried to put pen to paper but without much success. In 2020, she wrote her “break-through” story. It was a short story. Her teacher helped her publish it in a local magazine to raise funds for a charity and it was a start. More short story success followed and she was even invited to write a couple of travel articles.
Eventually Ashley had an idea for a book and she started to write. She thought it was a good idea. She felt so excited that she didn’t make the effort to write it. Two weeks later, she finished all the articles and handed the book in.
She has never thought that it would be a failure until she read the comments （评论） on the Internet. Many readers thought the book was not so good as they had expected. After reading it, she felt distressing and cried. Her teacher told her, “I know you are good at writing, but if you want to do it better, you have to take each sentence or word seriously. We’d better be careful of what we did. No matter how big or small it is, the results lies in your attitude.”
Thanks to her teacher, she has become a successful writer now.
( )1.What does the underlined word “it” in Paragraph 2 refer to
A. Ashley’s dream of being a writer. B. Ashley’s “break-through” story.
C. Ashley’s first book. D. Ashley’s pocket money.
B
( )2.What does the underlined word “distressing” in Paragraph 4 mean
A. Sad. B. Excited. C. Frightened. D. Proud.
A
( )3.Put the following things Ashley did in the correct order.
①She had an idea for a book.
②She made up stories for herself and her friends.
③She wrote her “break-through” story. ④She became a successful writer.
A. ③②①④ B. ③①②④ C. ②①③④ D. ②③①④
D
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.Ashley has always enjoyed writing and dreamed of being “a writer” from an
early age.
____________________________________________________________________
I enjoyed drawing and dreamed of being a painter from an early age.
2.She felt so excited that she didn’t make the effort to write it.
________________________________________________
He felt so proud that he decided to be a solider.
3.If you want to do it better, you have to take each sentence or word seriously.
_____________________________________________________
If you want to dance well, you have to practice more.
4.Thanks to her teacher, she has become a successful writer now.
_______________________________________________________
Thanks to my mother, I have become a better girl now.
二、回答问题
1.What can we learn from the words of the teacher in the fourth paragraph
____________________________________________________________
We should do everything carefully./Attitude is very important.
2.What should you do if you want to be a writer
___________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
I should read a lot of books and practice writing every day.
I should join the writing club and talk about writing skills with others.
Passage 4【2021河北阅读D改编】
【读前预先练】
1.be connected with... _____________
与……有关
2.meet with _______
偶遇
3.be prepared for _____________
准备好……
4.get tired of doing sth. _____________
厌倦做某事
5.personally adv. _____________
就自己而言
6.connect...to... _______________________
将……和……连接起来
7.reality n. _______
现实
Each of us has dreams and goals for our future.What makes us study and make progress each day is closely connected with our personal dream and goal.
But why do you still end up with nothing when you have dreams and goals What separates successful people from the dreamers is their persistent（锲而不舍的） action.When you learn your lessons in school，you must work hard and not give up.You will often find some of your lessons very hard.Try and keep trying，and you’ll be sure to successfully deal with any difficulty you meet with. If we have a hard lesson today，let us try our best to learn it well and then we shall be prepared for a harder one tomorrow.
This is the famous formula（公式） for success：
Dream ＞ Believe ＞ Achieve
Most people have what they want（Dream） and think they can realize their dreams（Believe）.And then they do nothing.They just imagine their dreams can come true.When they get tired of waiting and lose a lot，they get bored.They say angrily how terrible their life is.
I personally believe that if you really want to achieve your dreams and goals in life，you have to add one thing to your success formula：
Dream ＞ Believe ＞ Act ＞ Achieve
For me, act is the most important thing for success and that’s to Take Persistent Action（Act）. If you say, “I can’t do it” and give up, you can never do anything valuable. However， “I’ll try” creates wonders. Let’s remember that there will be obstacles in our life.We must face them bravely and solve them. Success is not something that falls down from the sky. Most successful people made their dreams come true because of their persistent action.
Please remember：Action is the bridge that connects our dreams and goals to reality.
( )1.What should you do when you find your lessons very hard
A. Ask people for help. B. Try and keep trying.
C. Get ready to create wonders. D. Prepare for a harder one.
B
( )2.What does the underlined word “obstacles” mean
A. Dangers. B. Dreams. C. Wonders. D. Difficulties.
D
( )3.Why does the writer use the formula “Dream ＞ Believe ＞ Act ＞ Achieve”
A. To support his idea. B. To ask readers to explain it.
C. To show what his goals are. D. To compare it with a bridge.
A
( )4.What would be the best title for the passage
A. Doing Something Valuable
B. Studying Hard and Making Progress
C. Realizing Dreams with Persistent Action
D. Separating Successful People from Dreams
C
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.How terrible their life is!
________________________________
How hard my deskmate works!
2.Action is the bridge that connects our dreams and goals to reality.
__________________________________________________________
My hobby is the bridge that connects my dream to reality.
二、回答问题
1.What will you do if you find it hard to keep painting because you are busy with study
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
I will work harder in study and spend my free time in painting. And I will ask my teachers for advice.
2.Will you give up painting if your mother asks you to do so Why
____________________________________________________________________________________________
No, I won’t give up practicing painting because it makes me happy and gives me a lot pleasure.
三、佳句积累
1. What separates successful people from the dreamers is their persistent action.成功人士和梦想家的区别在于他们坚持不懈的行动。
2. Try and keep trying，and you’ll be sure to successfully deal with any difficulty you meet with.努力且一直努力，你一定能成功地处理你遇到的任何困难。
3. Most successful people made their dreams come true because of their persistent action.大多数成功的人之所以梦想成真是因为他们坚持不懈的行动。
Passage 5
【读前预先练】
1.such as _______
例如
2.achieve one’s dream _________________
实现某人的梦想
3.challenge n. _______
挑战
4.step by step _________
逐步地
5.on the road to... _____________________
在通往……的道路上
6.instead of _________
而不是
7.lead to _____________
引起；导致
8.interests n. _______
兴趣
As school kids, we have many dreams. These dreams can be very big, such as winning the Nobel Prize. 1. _____ You may just want to become one of the ten best students in your class.
Once you have found a dream, what do you do with it Have you ever tried to achieve your dream Follow Your Heart by Australian writer Andrew Matthews tells us that realizing our dreams is life’s biggest challenge.
You may think you’re not very good at some school subjects, or that it is impossible for you to become a writer. 2. _____ In fact, everyone can realize his dream. The first thing you must do is remember what your dream is.
A
G
3. _____ Keep telling yourself what you want, and you will realize your dream faster. Do this step by step. A dream cannot be realized in one day. A big dream is, in fact, many small dreams.
You must also never give up on your dream. There will be difficulties on the road to realizing it. But the biggest difficulty comes from yourself. 4. _____ Studying instead of watching TV will lead to better exam results, while saving five yuan instead of buying an ice cream means you can buy a new book.
5. _____ But it is OK as long as you have the chance to learn more skills and find new interests.
B
D
E
A. Or they can be small.
B. Don’t let it leave your heart.
C. You can achieve your dream easily.
D. You need to decide what is the most important.
E. As you get closer to your dream, it may change a little.
F. Then it may help them to be confident to face challenges.
G. These kinds of thoughts stop you from getting your dream, the book says.
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.The first thing you must do is remember what your dream is.
______________________________________________________
The first thing you must do is finish your book report.
2.Studying instead of watching TV will lead to better exam results, while saving
five yuan instead of buying an ice cream means you can buy a new book.
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
Giving away these books to those children instead of throwing the books away is much more meaningful.
二、回答问题
1.What is your dream
_______________________________________
My dream is to be an English teacher.
2.Why do you have this dream
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The following reasons can explain why I have this dream. First, I love English. Second, I love being with children. Third, I think it is wonderful to teach what I know to others.
3.What will you do to achieve your dream
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
I will work hard on learning school subjects so as to go to a good university. Besides, I will think about how to teach students well.
分析江西近10年中考真题可知，书面表达未考查过“愿望”这一话题。分析全国近4年真题可知，此话题为常考话题，通常有以下命题角度：①介绍自己的梦想，及拥有该梦想的理由；②介绍自己的梦想及为实现梦想将要做出的努力。
神舟十二号载人飞船于北京时间2021 年6月17日9时 22分成功发射，自此中国人首次进入自己的空间站。假如你是张华，请你根据以下提示给宇航员写一封信，表述你在成长中关于梦想、奋斗、责任等方面的想法。
写作要点:
3. What will you do to achieve your dream →第一人称；一般将来时
【2021长春改编】
要求:
1. 短文应包括提示中所有的写作要点，条理清楚，行文连贯，可适当发挥；
2. 短文中不能出现真实的人名和地名；
3. 词数不少于80，短文开头和结尾已给出，不计入总词数。
Dear Astronauts,
I know Shenzhou XII manned spaceship was launched successfully on 17th
June, 2021. ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Best wishes！
Zhang Hua
谋篇布局
主题：给宇航员的一封信 开头 已给出
中间 （写作要点） 第一段：表达感受：
感受：proud; happy; excited
句型：I feel...
第二段：介绍自己的梦想&为了实现梦想要做的事情：
梦想：be an astronaut
句型：①I want to be a（n）... when I grow up/in the future.
②My dream is to be a（n）... when I grow up/in the future.
中间 （写作要点） 要做的事情：keep healthy; do exercise; gain knowledge; study hard;
develop a good habit
句型：①I will... so as to achieve my dream.
②It is+形容词+to do sth.
结尾 已给出
续表
Dear Astronauts,
I know Shenzhou XII manned spaceship was launched successfully on 17th
June, 2021. _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Best wishes!
Zhang Hua
I am so proud because it was the first time that our Chinese astronauts had entered our own space station. I am proud of our country as well as you.
I was interested in space when I was young, so I want to be an astronaut when I grow up. I know it is not easy to become an astronaut. It needs not only good health,but also much knowledge about space. So I will study as hard as I could. Besides, I will spend more time doing sports so as to be strong and healthy. I want to explore space like you in the future.
参考范文
【此话题相关词汇及句型见《话题词句必背册》P12】
为了了解同学们的理想，我们在学校的100名学生中进行了一次调查采访。采访主要是围绕“What do you want to be when you grow up？”和“Why？”这两个问题进行的。请你根据以下调查数据以及要点和要求写一份以“The dream jobs”为主题的报告。
写作要点:
1. Why did you do the survey
2. What are the students’ dream jobs
3. What is your dream job
要求:
1. 短文应包括提示中所有的写作要点，条理清楚，行文连贯，可适当发挥；
2. 短文中不能出现真实的人名和地名；
3. 词数不少于80。
The dream jobs
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Fifty-four percent of the students want to be businessmen because they want to be rich and buy what they need in the future. About twenty-eight percent of the students dream of being doctors, because they are proud of saving the sick people. And twelve percent of the students want to be teachers. They think it’s their pleasure to make students learn more from them.The rest want to do other jobs.
Different students have different dream jobs. As for me, I want to be a policeman. The reason why I want to be a policeman is that I want to make our society much safer and help people who are in trouble.
In order to know students’ dream jobs, we made a survey among 100 students in our school last week. Here are the results.(共87张PPT)
话题4 学校与学习（2篇+6篇）
话题角度：学习科目、学习方法、学校课程、学习用品、学校设施、学校活动
（完形填空B：2020；选择型阅读理解：2019; 书面表达：2020, 2016）
【教材语篇链接】
单元 单元
七年级（上）Unit 3 学习用品 七年级（上）Unit 9 学习科目
七年级 (下) Unit 1 校园活动 九年级（全）Unit 1 学习方法
七年级 (下) Unit 11 校园旅行 九年级 (全) Unit 14 学校生活
教材优质语篇读写练
课外语篇拓展练
高频话题写作指导1：学生学习
高频话题写作指导2：校园生活
Passage 1【人教九年级（全）Unit 1 Section B 2b, P6】
How Can You Become a Successful Learner
Everyone is born with the ability to learn. But whether or not you can do this well depends on your learning habits. Research shows that successful learners have some good habits in common.
Creating an interest in what they learn
Studies show that if you are interested in something, your brain is more active and it is also easier for you to pay attention to it for a long time. Good learners often connect what they need to learn with something interesting. For example, if they
need to learn English and they like music or sports, they can listen to English songs or watch sports programs in English. This way they will not get bored.
Practicing and learning from mistakes
Good learners think about what they are good at and what they need to practice more. Remember, “use it or lose it.” Even if you learn something well, you will forget it unless you use it. “Practice makes perfect.” Good learners will keep practicing what they have learned, and they are not afraid of making mistakes. Alexander Graham Bell did not invent the telephone overnight. He succeeded by trying many times and learning from his mistakes.
Developing their study skills
It is not enough to just study hard. Good learners know the best way they can study. For example, they may take notes by writing down key words or by drawing mind maps. They also look for ways to review what they have learned. They may do this by reading their notes every day or by explaining the information to another student.
Asking questions
Good learners often ask questions during or after class. They even ask each other and try to find out the answers. Knowledge comes from questioning.
Learning is a lifelong journey because every day brings something new. Everything that you learn becomes a part of you and changes you, so learn wisely and learn well.
【I know them】
1.be born with ___________
天生具有
2.ability n. _______
能力
3.whether or not_______
是否
4.have...in common_______________________________________
有相同特征；（想法、兴趣等方面）相同
5.be interested in_______________
对……感兴趣
6.pay attention to___________
关注……
7.connect...with_______________________
把……和……连接起来
8.need to do sth._____________
需要做某事
9.bored adj. _________________
→_________（adj.） 没趣的；令人厌烦的
短语：get bored___________
boring
感到无聊
10.keep v._____________
→_______ （过去式/过去分词）
搭配：keep doing sth._____________
保持；保留
kept
一直做某事
11.be afraid of doing sth._____________
害怕做某事
12.make mistakes _______
犯错
13.____________ 记笔记
take notes
14._____________ 写下
write down
15.____________ 关键词
key words
厌倦的；烦闷的
寻找
17.look for_______
找出
18.find out_______
knowledge
19.____________ n.知识
表示疑问；怀疑；提问；质询
20.questioning v._____________________________
终身的；毕生的
21.lifelong adj._________________
wisely
22.________ adv.明智地；聪明地
16.____________ 思维导图
mind map
【I can think】
一、选择正确答案
( )1.How does the writer start with his ideas
A. By using an old saying. B. By showing a survey report.
C. By using students’ words. D. By giving a student’s example.
A
( )2.What does the underlined sentence mean
A. 持之以恒 B. 熟能生巧 C. 活学活用 D. 举一反三
B
( )3.Where does the passage possibly come from
A. A students’ school life guide. B. A fashion magazine.
C. A students’ newspaper. D. A storybook.
C
二、完成思维导图
【I can express】
一、仿写句子
1.It is easy for you to pay attention to what you are interested in for a long time.
_______________________________________________
It’s easy for me to talk with others in English.
2.Even if you learn something well, you will forget it unless you use it.
__________________________________________________________
Even if he has no time, he still reads a book every month.
二、佳句积累
1. Good learners often connect what they need to learn with something interesting.优秀的学习者经常会将他们需要学习的东西与一些有趣的东西联系起来。
2. Knowledge comes from questioning.知识源于质疑。
Passage 2【冀教九年级 Unit 10 Lesson 58, P152】
Good morning. I’m very happy to be here today. It is a great honour to be invited to speak to you and to wish you well in the future. On my way to the hall just now, I stopped by some of your classrooms and read the notes you left for one another. Some of them made me laugh and some almost brought tears to my eyes. All of you have some great memories of this period of your life, and so do I!
Time has gone by quickly. Three years have already passed. You had valuable experiences in the past and you have bright futures ahead of you. I know all of you have your own dreams. Whatever you want to be, you need to work hard to achieve it. And I do think you will.
Sometimes life is not easy. At times it can be very hard. No matter how high you rise, there will be times when you fall down. When this happens, remember this: there is no such thing as true failure. Failure is an opportunity to try something new. Pick yourself up and take a new road. Remember to be brave. Remember to be your best. And always remember that you have your family and friends to support you.
At last, on behalf of all the teachers, I’d like to give our best wishes and congratulations to the graduating class!
【I know them】
1.on one’s way to..._____________________
在某人去……的路上
2.just now_______
刚才
3.one another_______
互相
4.bring tears to one’s eyes_____________
让某人流泪
5.go by_________________
（时间等）流逝
6.valuable adj._________
→________ （v.）珍惜
珍贵的
value
7.ahead of_____________
在……前面
8.achieve v._______
→______________ （n.）成绩；成就
短语：___________________实现某人的目标
achievement
achieve one’s goal
9.at times_____________
有时；不时
10.fall down_____________
跌倒；失败
11.failure n._______
→______ （v.）失败；未成功
失败
fail
12.opportunity n._____________
机会；时机
13.pick...up___________
慢慢站起
取得
14.support v._______
短语：________________________在某人的支持下
支持
with the support of sb.
15.on behalf of_______
代表
【I can think】
选择正确答案
( )1.What does the word “it” refer to in Paragraph 3
A. Study. B. Life. C. Game. D. Graduation.
B
( )2.Who possibly gave the speech
A. A student. B. A headmaster. C. A cleaner. D. A policeman.
B
( )3.What does the passage talk about
A. Feelings of this moment. B. Suggestions for students.
C. Wishes to students. D. Above all.
D
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.It is a great honour to be invited to speak to you and to wish you well in the future.
_____________________________________________________
It is a great honour to give a speech in front of you.
2.At last, on behalf of all the teachers, I’d like to give our best wishes and congratulations to the graduating class!
___________________________________________________
I’d like to do some volunteer work on the weekend.
二、佳句积累
1. You had valuable experiences in the past and you have bright futures ahead of you.回首，你们有珍贵的回忆；向前，你们有光明的未来。
2. Whatever you want to be, you need to work hard to achieve it.无论你想成为什么样的人，你都需要付出努力去实现它。
3. No matter how high you rise, there will be times when you fall down.无论你爬得有多高，你都会有失败的时候。
4. When this happens, remember this: there is no such thing as true failure.当你遇到挫折的时候，请记住：没有什么是真正的失败。
5. Failure is an opportunity to try something new.失败意味尝试新事物的机会。
Passage 1
【读前预先练】
1.It’s common to do sth. _______________
做某事很常见
2.as a way to do sth. ___________________
作为做某事的方式
3.deal with _______
处理
4.prepare a gift for _____________________
为……准备一份礼物
5.it is perfect for doing sth. _________________
做某事超级适合
6.exactly adv. _____________
的确，确实
7.as the saying goes _______________
正如俗话所说
8.make good use of ___________
充分利用
取得好结果
10.pay off _____________
9.make it _______
成功
challenge around when first create real learn prepare how day
It’s common to play video games as a way to deal with stress. However, one student has found a more1. ________ way to use video games. Wu Hele, a Senior 3 student from Jinling High School in Nanjing, has 2. ________ a gift for his high school—a recreation（娱乐） of his beloved campus（校园） in the game Minecraft.
When he 3. ________ visited the campus, Wu found that it was perfect for coping exactly. However, just as the saying goes, Rome was not built in a 4. _________. During his three years here, Wu has made good use of his time. After finishing his schoolwork, Wu always walked 5. ________ the campus with a notebook and drew sketches（草图）. “6. _________ I played the game, I would build the campus according to my sketches,” said Wu.
creative
prepared
first
day
around
When
Wu experienced several 7. ___________ as he recreated the campus in his game. One of the most difficult ones was building the semi-ellipsoidal（半椭圆的） gym. At first, he didn’t know 8. ________ to copy the shape. Later, Wu tried 9. ________ something helpful and finally made it.
His hard work has paid off. Almost the whole Jinling High School has been copied in the game. “I 10. ________ cherish（珍惜） the three years I’ve spent here, and I have learned a lot during the whole process,” Wu said.
challenges
how
to learn
really
【I can express】
一、句子翻译
1.However, just as the saying goes, Rome was not built a day.
_________________________________________
然而，正如俗话所说，罗马并非一日建成。
2.During his three years here, Wu has made good use of his time.
______________________________________________
在这儿的三年里， 吴和乐充分利用了他的时间。
3.I really cherish the three years I’ve spent here, and I have learned a lot during the whole process.
_______________________________________________________________
我确实很珍惜我在这儿度过的这三年，在整个过程中我学到了很多。
二、句子仿写
It’s common to play video games as a way to deal with stress.
______________________________________________________
It’s necessary to take part in the school activities often.
Passage 2【2021嘉兴阅读 D】
【读前预先练】
1.would love/like to do sth.__________________
愿意/喜欢做某事
2.impossible adj.___________
→__________（反义词）可能的
不可能的
possible
3.working styles___________
工作方式
4.completely adv._________
完全地
5.space n._______
空间
6.prefers v._________
→___________（过去式/过去分词）
→____________（现在分词）
搭配：prefer to do sth._______________
preferred
preferring
更喜欢做某事
7.totally adv._________
完全地
8.get...done_____________
把……做完
9.in one sitting_________
一口气
10.on the move___________
在移动中
11.results n._______
结果
更喜欢
12.tidy adj._________
→_________（反义词）不整洁的
→untidiness （n.）_________
untidy
不整洁
整洁的
6.prefers v._______
→___________（过去式/过去分词）
→____________（现在分词）
搭配：prefer to do sth._______________
更喜欢做某事
更喜欢
preferred
preferring
更喜欢做某事
13.form v._______
形成
14.improve one’s focus ___________________
提高某人的注意力
15.chooses v._______
→________ （过去式）
→_________ （过去分词）
→________ （n.） 选择
选择
chose
chosen
choice
16.judge from _____________
从……判断
17.work for sb._______________
对某人起作用
18.in...ways_______________
用……的方式
在……方面做得好
19.do well in_____________________
在规定的时间内
20.within the required time_________________
You may study differently from your friends, but your study habits are not wrong!
Kelly and Maria are best friends with a lot in common. They love doing things together, such as going to movies and concerts, shopping, or just sitting at a small café. Since they take a lot of the same school subjects, they would love to study together, but they find this impossible. Their working styles are so completely different that they can’t be in the same room while they are studying!
Kelly would like to study in a clean, open space, while Maria works best with books, papers and other things around her. Kelly prefers to study in a totally silent room, but Maria loves to play music or even have the TV on. Kelly can sit for hours without moving, and often gets all her homework done in one sitting. Maria, however, is always getting up, and says that she thinks best when she’s on the move.
You might be asking yourself：which way of studying gets better results Many people believe that a silent, tidy setting （环境） is the way to go, . Some research has even shown that outside noise and untidiness help some people focus （聚焦） their attention, because it makes them form a “wall” in their mind around what they are doing and improves their focus.
So, if you’re a student who chooses to study while sitting at a table in a busy shopping center, don’t worry about it. If you work in total silence, that’s OK, too. Judging from Kelly’s and Maria’s study habits, the best way to study is the way that works for you. In their very different ways, both of them do well in school, and both finish their work within the required time as well.
( )1.Kelly and Maria are mentioned as an example in this passage to .
A. discuss two different study habits
B. compare the differences in their hobbies
C. show the importance of a good study habit
D. express the writer’s worry about their friendship
A
( )2.Which of the following is the best to fill in the blank in Paragraph 4
A. and they have difficulty in study
B. and it can be true for most of them
C. but that doesn’t seem necessarily true
D. but nobody does research on this question
C
( )3.What can we infer from the last paragraph of this passage
A. Students who like to study in silence will be more successful.
B. Both study habits can help students make progress in their studies.
C. Only a small number of students can study well in a noisy situation.
D. Friends with different study habits can do better by studying together.
B
( )4.What can be the best title for the passage
A. Are you studying the “right” way
B. How can you improve your study habits
C. Is it possible for friends to study well together
D. What are the advantages of different study settings
A
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.Their working styles are so completely different that they can’t be in the same room while they are studying!
_________________________________________________________________
The library is so popular that there are many people on weekends.
2.Kelly prefers to study in a totally silent room.
_____________________________________________
I prefer to learn English by watching movies.
二、回答问题
1.What does the writer want to tell us
____________________________________________________
The best way to study is the way that works for us.
2.What’s your study habit Why
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
I like studying in a clean and silent room because it can help me focus on my study so that I can think clearly and deeply.
Passage 3【2021海南阅读C改编】
【读前预先练】
1.textbook n._______________
教科书；课本
2.space...out_____________________________
隔开；分开；把……拉开距离
3.rather than_________
而不是
4.as sb. advises/advised ___________________
像某人建议的那样
5.organize... into_____________
把……组成
6.test v._____________
检测；测验
7.memory n._____________
记忆；回忆
8.keep...in the long run_____________________
将……长期坚持下去
9.confidence n._______
信心
10.harmful adj._________
→___________ （反义词）无害的
→________ （v./n.）伤害；损害
短语：be harmful to..._____________
harmless
harm
对……有害
11.pork pieces_________
猪肉片
12.the key to..._____________
……的关键
13.underwear n._______
内衣
14.the bottom line___________________
关键是；归根结底
15.eve n._____________
前夕；前夜
有害的
So, it’s exam time again. Have you done the necessary work to get good marks Sleeping with the textbook under the pillow（枕头）doesn’t work. The best way is to space your practice out, rather than cram（塞）it all together. Just as a scientist called Tom Stafford advises, if you organize five hours of study into one hour a day, you’ll remember more than if you study for five hours on one day.
Get pens and paper and start working! Students who can test themselves earlier will be better at retrieving the knowledge from the memory and keep it in the long run. John Dunlosky, a professor in the US, suggests that “you start by reading a textbook with your favorite pens and colors, and then write down the important ideas on small cards. While doing so, you actually try to test yourselves on them.”
Good revision（复习）should give you confidence, but if you are still worried, it’s not harmful to follow some special customs. In Japan, it seems to be a tradition for students to eat Katsudon before a test. This is a bowl of rice with egg and pork pieces. The name of the dish makes people think of the word “katsu”, meaning “winning”. For some students in South Korea, the key to success is not washing their hair before an exam, because they believe they could wash all the knowledge out of their heads. In China, many students eat zongzi before an exam, which means “gao ‘zong’ zhuang yuan”. And in different parts of the world, there are always those who believe in their “lucky underwear”.
The bottom line is that you need to study, eat a good meal, sleep well on the eve of the test, and believe that your efforts will pay off.
Good luck in your exam!
( )1.What does the underlined word “retrieving” in Paragraph 2 mean
A. Filling in. B. Getting back. C. Giving away. D. Giving out.
B
( )2.Which of the following is TRUE according to Paragraph 3
A. The word “Katsudon” sounds similar to “winning” in South Korea.
B. In some countries, washing hair brings bad luck after having exams.
C. Some people might wear special underwear before important events.
D. Eating zongzi before an exam is considered to be unlucky in China.
C
( )3.Choose the best sentence to fill in the blank “ ” in Paragraph 2.
A. Don’t read your textbooks early. B. Don’t depend on memory alone.
C. Don’t test yourselves very often. D. Don’t try to write down anything.
B
( )4.What does the writer advise students to do before tests
A. Prepare your exams well and be confident.
B. Choose your favorite pens and stay up late.
C. Follow some customs and enjoy yourselves.
D. Go out to relax with your friends and eat a lot.
A
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.The best way is to space your practice out.
________________________________________________________________
The best way to solve this problem is to ask the teacher for help.
2.It seems to be a tradition for students to eat Katsudon before a test.
_______________________________________________________
It seems to be a piece of cake for him to learn English.
二、回答问题
1.What does the passage mainly talk about
_____________________________________________________________________
The preparations before an exam./What should you do before an exam
2.What preparations will you make before exams How can they help you
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
I will look through my notes before exams, and I will pay more attention to the mistakes I have made. And I will have a good rest before exams. These habits make me less nervous and have a clear mind to take exams.
Passage 4
【读前预先练】
1.have problems doing sth. _______________
做某事有困难
2.behaving v. _______
→___________（n.）行为举止
表现
behavior
3.play tricks on sb. ___________
捉弄某人
4.schoolmates n. _______
同学
5.pulled v. _________
拉；拖
6.repeatedly adv. _________
重复地
7.prove v. _______
证明
8.disappointed adj. _________
失望的
9.peppermint n. _________
薄荷糖
When I was in the seventh grade, I had problems behaving. My heart was in the right place, but I couldn’t always follow the rules. I played many tricks on my schoolmates. Once, I even pulled a girl’s hair on the school bus to get her attention. As a result, I was repeatedly sent to the office of the principal（校长）. Although I hated going there, I did not hate the principal, Mr. Ratcliff.
Mr. Ratcliff was a kind, elderly man. When he spanked（打屁股） me for putting some ants into a classmate’s pencil box, it didn’t hurt at all, but it did hurt my feelings. I thought so much of him and moments like that seemed to prove I was hopelessly bad.
When I got called to Mr. Ratcliff’s office for the sixth time, I had no idea what I had done. I felt disappointed as I walked down there. I went into his office, sat down, and looked at the floor. Then he said the last thing I expected to hear, “Kevin, I’ve heard you’ve been behaving really well lately. I want you to know how proud I am of you, and I just called you down to my office to give you a peppermint.”
“Really ” I was surprised.
“Yes. Now you can take that peppermint and go back to class.”
I carried the peppermint with me as if it were a gold coin. When I got into my classroom, I bragged to my classmates about my turnaround, excitedly. I wasn’t so bad after all.
Mr. Ratcliff was really kind. He made me realize that I was just a kid who had problems with behavior. He bought some peppermints and took the time to notice me when I got something—anything—right. Mr. Ratcliff gave me some hope by giving me some love. I will just remember him for the rest of my life.
( )1.What does the underlined word “turnaround” in Paragraph 6 mean
A. Change. B. Future. C. Past. D. Experience.
A
( )2.What can be the best title for the passage
A. My Happiest School Years
B. Awards Always Make Me Surprised
C. A Story Between Me and My Classmates
D. The Best Principle I Have Met—Mr. Ratcliff
D
( )3.Which of the following best shows the structure of the passage
A
【I can think】
完成思维导图
【I can express】
回答问题
What’s your headmaster like Do you like him or her
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
My headmaster is a kind woman. She is in her forties. She is short and thin. She is always strict with us. But she works very hard. She pays much attention to our school and our school is very excellent. We all respect her.
Passage 5
【读前预先练】
1.directly adv. _________
直接地
2.across prep. _____________
穿过；横过
3.encouraged v. _______
鼓励
4.offer v. _______
提供
5.discover v. _______
发现
6.drop out of school _______
退学
7.depend on _______________
依赖；取决于
8.challenges n. _______
挑战
9.excuse n. _______
借口
When Barack Obama was the president of America, he would like to give Back-to-School Speech every year, as students begin their school in September.
Obama’s speech is a chance to speak directly to students across the country. In his president days, Obama had encouraged students to study hard and take responsibility（责任） for their education, not only to write the destiny（命运） of themselves, but the country’s. The following is part from his speech at a school in Arlington, Virginia.
I want to start with the responsibility you have to yourself. Every single one of you has something that you’re good at to offer. And you need to discover what that is. You want to be a doctor, or a teacher, or a police officer You’re going to need a good education for each of those careers. You cannot drop out of school and just drop into a good job.
The future of America depends on you. What you’re learning in school today will decide whether we as a nation can meet our greatest challenges in the future. If you don’t do that—if you quit（放弃） on school—you’re not just quitting on yourself, you’re quitting on your country.
Now, I know it’s not always easy to do well in school. But there’s no excuse for talking back to your teacher, or cutting class, or dropping out of school. There is no excuse for not trying.
Thank you very much, everybody. God bless you. Thank you.
( )1.If you want to be a lawyer, what is Obama’s suggestion for you
A. You should discover your ability. B. You should have something to offer.
C. You need to get education for it. D. You just have to drop into a good job.
C
( )2.What does the underlined word “careers” mean in Paragraph 3
A. A job or profession in your life. B. An education in your life.
C. A challenge you must face in your life. D. A life goal you set for yourself.
A
( )3.What did Obama try to tell students in Paragraph 4
A. Everyone depends on America.
B. America can meet any challenge in the future.
C. Many students quit school and America.
D. Taking education is important for America.
D
( )4.Which of the following best shows the structure of the passage
A. B. C. D.
C
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.I want to start with the responsibility you have to yourself.
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Well, maybe it would be easier to start with a smaller problem./To start with, it happened in school at 6 o’clock.
2.But there’s no excuse for talking back to your teacher, or cutting class, or dropping out of school.
__________________________________
There is no excuse for not trying.
二、佳句积累
What you’re learning in school today will decide whether we as a nation can meet our greatest challenges in the future. 如今你在学校学习的内容将决定我们国家在未来是否会遇到巨大的挑战。
Passage 6
【读前预先练】
1.junior high school _______
初中
2.face v. & n. _______
短语：________________ 面对；当面
______________ 面对面
面对
in the face of
face to face
3.unfamiliar adj. ___________
不熟悉的
4.in return ___________
作为回报
5.increases v. _______
增加
6.pressure n. _______
压力
7.thankful adj. _________________
感谢的；欣慰的
8.discouraging adj. __________________
使人气馁/沮丧的
9.loneliness n. _____________
孤独；寂寞
Starting high school is a great experience for any teenager. Whether you are coming from a middle school(grades six through eight) or a junior high school(grades seven through nine), there are many things about high school that are different from your old school environment.1.________
You will face being in a new school, making new friends in an unfamiliar class and getting to know new teachers. These new teachers will usually have higher academic(学术的) level than your middle and junior-high school teachers.2.________In return, they expect you to work hard and develop your skills.
On top of all this, peer pressure(同伴压力) to drink and smoke often increases in high school.
A
B
3. ________Although there is a lot of pressure, it is nothing you cannot deal with. If you are feeling pressure to do something that you feel is wrong, talk to a friend, parent or counselor to find a solution(解决).4.________If you are not succeeding academically, find someone to help you. If you feel lonely, try to join a school club or group to make new friends.
5.________With time, you will come to be thankful for everything about your experience. On the point of starting your high school, are you ready
F
D
C
A. You will experience many changes.
B. They want to help you get into college.
C. High school may seem discouraging at first.
D. They are there to help you get into this great new time in your life.
E. Having good relationship with your classmates can make you happier.
F. Besides, the pressure could also come from grades, loneliness and so on.
G. Don’t be afraid of making mistakes because everyone probably makes mistakes.
【I can express】
一、句子翻译
1.Whether you are coming from a middle school(grades six through eight) or a junior high school(grades seven through nine), there are many things about high school that are different from your old school environment.
______________________________________________________________________________________________________
无论你是从中学(六年级到八年级)还是初中(七年级到九年级)，有很多关于高中的东西和你以前的学校环境不同。
2.Although there is a lot of pressure, it is nothing you cannot deal with.
_______________________________________________
虽然有许多压力，但是没有什么是你不能解决的。
二、句子仿写
In return, they expect you to work hard and develop your skills.
_________________________________________________________________________________
In return, we drove John back home./Can I buy you lunch in return for your help
分析江西近10年中考真题可知, 2020年书面表达考查了“学生学习”这一话题。分析全国近4年真题可知, 此话题为常考话题, 通常有以下命题角度：①介绍个人的学习方法、学习模式、喜欢的学科；②介绍学习方法, 并针对该学习方法发表看法和建议。
为了帮助学生迎接中考，在中考前几个月，老师一般都会进行复习教学。一家英语教学研究中心(English Teaching Research Center)正在对中考英语复习教学现状进行调查。请你根据下面提示，写一篇英语短文，向他们介绍你们班的英语复习课的情况，谈谈你对英语复习课的感受及看法，并提出建议。
内容包括：
1. Your feelings about your English revision classes. 第一人称；一般现在时
【2020江西】
→
2. Class activities：
a. What did your English teacher usually do in class →第三人称；一般过去时
b. What did you usually do in class →第一人称；一般过去时
3. Your advice on English revision classes to your English teacher. →第一人称；一般现在时
要求：
1. 短文应包括提示中所有的写作要点，条理清楚，行文连贯，可适当发挥；
2. 文中不得出现真实的人名和地名；
3. 词数不少于80，短文开头已给出，不计入总词数。
I think my English revision classes were______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
谋篇布局
主题：英语复习课 开头：表达 感受 感受：interesting; lively; useful; tiring; boring...
句型：已给出
中间：课 堂活动 活动：review; explain; take notes; key words; passage; do exercises; take
exams; by doing sth.
句型：①Our English teacher...
②sb. explained how to...
③try to improve sth. by doing sth.
结尾：对英 语复习课 的建议 建议：be more enjoyable; play games; have discussions with...
句型：①I hope our teacher/the English revision class can...
②It’s a good idea to do sth.
I think my English revision classes were useful but tiring.
In class, my English teacher organized different kinds of activities to help us review what we had learnt.Sometimes she explained how to use the key words and sentence patterns.We took notes and made sentences.With the teacher’s help, we practiced listening, reading and writing in class. But we often did exercises and had exams,which made me stressed out.
I hope English revision classes can be more enjoyable. We can play games and role-play conversations. It’s a good idea to have discussions with my partners in English. What’s more, I like teachers who are always wearing a smile.
参考范文
【此话题相关词汇及句型见《话题词句必背册》P7】
为了进一步提高学生学习英语的课堂效率，学校将开展以“How to Be a Good
English Learner”为主题的征文比赛。请你根据以下要点提示和要求写一篇英语短文，介绍学习英语的方法及你的希望。
写作要点:
1. What’s your suggestions on learning English
2. What’s your hope
要求:
1. 短文应包括提示中所有的写作要点，条理清楚，行文连贯，可适当发挥；
2. 短文中不能出现真实的人名和地名；
3. 词数不少于80。
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________
To be good learners, we should have good habits and ways in learning. For example, we need to get ready for our lessons before class and always listen carefully in class. After class, we must go over the lessons and finish our homework on time. Besides, it’s good to study in groups and help each other. If we have any problems, we can discuss them with our group members. As students, working hard is important, but we shouldn’t forget to do sports to keep healthy because a healthy body is the basic of everything.
I hope all these suggestions will be helpful to you.
How to Be a Good English Learner
___________________________________________________________________
To be a good English learner, there are many kinds of ways that we can use.
分析江西近10年中考真题可知，书面表达未涉及“校园生活”这一话题，但分析全国近4年真题可知，此话题为常考话题，通常有以下命题角度：①介绍初中三年的收获与难忘的事；②介绍校园活动及兴趣小组；③给新生提出一些关于校园生活的建议。
1.（2021宁波改编）
写作要点:
1. What’s the purpose of the event
2. What did you do in the event
3. What’s your feeling/hope
写作要点:
1. What’s the purpose of the event
2. What did you do in the event
3. What’s your feeling/hope
要求:
1. 短文应包括提示中所有的写作要点，条理清楚，行文连贯，可适当发挥；
2. 短文中不能出现真实的人名和地名；
3. 词数不少于80。
Motherland in My Heart
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
谋篇布局
主题：祖国在我心中(已给出) 开头:活动的目的 目的：express our love for our motherland
句型：①In order to..., our school held...last month.
②The purpose of the activity is...
中间：活动内容 内容：sing red songs, learn things about our country, tell stories about
the Red Army
句型：①There are many activities in this event, such as...
②We had many activities, including...
③...are the main activities of this event.
结尾：感想或希 望 感想: meaningful, educational, be proud of
句型：①I think...
②In my opinion...
③I believe that...
希望：wish, expect, become stronger and greater
句型：①I wish/hope/expect that...
②It’s my great wish that...
③I’m looking forward to...
续表
Motherland in My Heart
To express our love for our motherland, our school held an event with the theme of “Motherland in My Heart” last month.
During the event, we had many activities, including singing red songs and telling stories about the Red Army. I took part in the singing competition. Besides, I attended the speech contest in which I told a story about a hero. Many students were moved by my story.
In my opinion, this event is very meaningful. I’m proud of my country. I hope our motherland will become much stronger and greater and that everybody can live a better life.
参考范文
【此话题相关词汇及句型见《话题词句必背册》P7】
值此毕业之际，学生会主席倡议大家“携手爱校园，为母校献礼”。请你根据以下要点和要求，用英语写一篇短文，介绍你将如何为母校献礼。
写作要点:
1. What will you do
2. What’s your wish
【2021齐齐哈尔改编】
要求:
1. 短文应包括提示中所有的写作要点，条理清楚，行文连贯，可适当发挥；
2. 短文中不能出现真实的人名和地名；
3. 词数不少于80。
How time flies! It’s time to leave my school. Next Monday, I’ll go back to do something for it.
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
First, I will pick up the rubbish around the school. I’ll clean the windows and doors, too. The reason why I want to do this is that I want to play my part in keeping the school clean and tidy. Then I’ll give the younger schoolmates some useful advice. For example, I’ll advise them to do the homework by themselves and listen to the teachers carefully. Next I’ll give away my notes.
It’s really hard to say goodbye. I hope my school will have a better future.(共63张PPT)
话题6 文娱与体育（2篇+5篇）
话题角度：影视戏剧、广播电视、音乐舞蹈、运动、体育与赛事
（选择型阅读理解：2021-2020 A，2018-2012 A；还原短文型阅读理解：2015，2013；书面表达：2014；完形填空B：2013）
【教材语篇链接】
单元 单元
八年级（上）Unit 5 娱乐 九年级（全）Unit 9 音乐和电影
八年级（下）Unit 8 文学和音乐
教材优质语篇读写练
课外语篇拓展练
高频话题写作指导：文娱与体育
Passage 1 【人教九年级（全） Unit 9 Section A 3a，P67】
What Do You Feel Like Watching Today
While some people stick to only one kind of movie, I like to watch different kinds depending on how I feel that day.
When I’m down or tired, I prefer movies that can cheer me edies like Men in Black or cartoons like Kungfu Panda have funny dialog and usually have a happy ending. The characters may not be perfect, but they try their best to solve their problems. After I watch them, my problems suddenly seem less serious and I feel much better again. Laughing for two hours is a good way to relax!
I don’t watch dramas or documentaries when I’m sad or tired. Dramas like Titanic make me feel even sadder. Documentaries like March of the Penguins which provide plenty of information about a certain subject can be interesting, but when I’m tired I don’t want to think too much. I don’t mind action movies like Spider-Man when I’m too tired to think. I can just shut off my brain, sit back and enjoy watching an exciting superhero who always saves the world just in time.
Once in a while, I like to watch movies that are scary. They can be fun, but I’m too scared to watch them alone. I always bring a friend who isn’t afraid of these kinds of movies, and it doesn’t feel so scary anymore.
【I know them】
1.stick to_____________
坚持；固守
2.prefer v. _________
→___________（过去式/过去分词）
搭配：__________________更喜欢做某事
___________________喜欢……胜过……
更喜欢
preferred
prefer to do sth.
prefer sth. to sth.
3.dialogs n. _____________
对话；对白
4.characters n. _______
角色
5.try one’s best to do sth._________________________
尽某人最大的努力做某事
6.provide v. 提供
搭配：________________________________________ 给某人提供某物
provide sth. for sb./provide sb. with sth.
shut off
8.__________ 关闭，停止运转
及时
9.in time _______
偶尔
10.once in a while_______
单独，独自
11.alone adv. _____________
7.too...to___________________
太……而不能……
【I can think】
选择正确答案
( )1.How many kinds of movies were mentioned in the passage
A. 3. B. 5. C. 6. D. 7.
C
( )2.Which of the following best shows the structure of the passage
A. B. C. D.
D
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.Dramas like Titanic make me feel even sadder.
____________________________________________
The little boy’s smile makes me feel relaxed.
2.I don’t mind action movies like Spider-Man when I’m too tired to think.
________________________________________
I am too tired to go on with the work.
3.I always bring a friend who isn’t afraid of these kinds of movies.
_____________________________________________________________
I am afraid of making a speech in front of all my classmates.
二、回答问题
1.Which kind of movie do you prefer
___________________
I prefer comedies.
2.Why do you like that kind of movie
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
When I watch a comedy, I feel exceptionally relaxed. After that, I will be under less pressure. On the other hand, a comedy often makes me think a lot.
Passage 2 【沪教九年级（下）Module 3 Unit 5, P77】
Faster, Higher, Stronger
The Olympic Games have a long history.
They began in Greece and lasted for over a thousand years, until 394 AD.The ancient Olympic Games were very different from the Olympics we have today. In ancient times,only the Greeks took part in the Olympics, and women were not allowed to join or even watch them.
The first modern Olympics were held in Athens, Greece in 1896. Every four years, athletes from all over the world take part in different sports at the Olympics. Many of these athletes are women.
A large group of athletes at the Olympics takes part in track and field events. Track events, such as running, test a person’s speed. Field events, such as the high jump, long jump and shot put, test how high or far someone can jump or throw an object.
One of the most exciting events in the Olympics is the 100-metre race. More than one hundred years ago, the world record for the men’s 100-metre race was 10.6 seconds. However, athletes have run faster and faster over the years. In 1960, the record was 10 seconds. Then at the 2008 Beijing Olympics, the record was set at 9.69 seconds.
The Olympic motto “Faster, Higher, Stronger” is what the Olympics are all about.
【I know them】
1.lasted v. _______
持续
2.thousand num. _______
一千
3.take part in_______
参与
4.allowed v. _______
搭配：_____________________允许某人做某事
允许
allow sb. to do sth.
5.held v. _____________
→_______（原形）
举行，举办
hold
6.every four years_________
每四年
7.all over the world_________
全世界
8.a group of_______
一群
运动场
10.field n. _________
测验，考查
11.test v.& n. _____________
扔，投掷
12.throw v. ___________
→________（过去式）
→_________（过去分词）
threw
thrown
超过
13.more than_______
世界纪录
14.world record___________
处于……状态
15.set v. _______________
9.track n. _______
赛道
【I can express】
一、仿写句子
1.One of the most exciting events in the Olympics is the 100-metre race.
______________________________________________________________________
One of the most moving movies I have watched is All About My Mother.
2.However, athletes have run faster and faster over the years.
______________________________________
Our city becomes cleaner and cleaner.
二、回答问题
1.What do you know about modern Olympic Games
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The Olympic Games include a variety of international sports games, and are held every four years. And the Olympic rings are a symbol of the Olympic Games.
2.What’s your favorite event at the Olympics
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Synchronized Swimming. It requires the athletes to complete the movement change under water or on the surface of water and it also requires the athletes to have exceptional breath control.
Passage 1【2021杭州阅读C】
【读前预先练】
1.performance n._____________
→__________ （v.） 表演，执行
表演，演出
perform
2.colorful adj. _____________
五颜六色的
3.click v. _______
点击
4.energetic adj. _____________________
有力的，充满活力的
5.fit adj. _________
苗条的
6.kick v. _________
抬，举
7.up and down___________
上上下下
8.be similar to_____________
和……相似
剑术
9.sword fighting_______
上/下（马/交通工具等）
10.get on/off________________________
触碰
11.touch v. _______
厘米
12.centimeters n. _______
怪物
13.monsters n. _______
鳄鱼
14.crocodiles n. _______
随着……起舞
15.dance to_______________
Flamenco is very popular in southern Spain. It begins with guitar music and clapping（击掌） and then dancers join the performance. Sometimes a woman dances alone and sometimes she dances with a man.The woman always wears a long, colorful dress. She moves her arms and hands slowly but her feet move in fast difficult steps. The man often wears black. Both dancers click their shoes on the floor when they dance around each other.
Cossack dances are from Russia and Ukraine.They are very energetic—some are more like gymnastics than dancing! Dancers have to be very fit because they jump very high and kick their legs up and down. They often jump over swords（剑）. The movements are similar to traditional Cossack activities, for example, sword fighting and getting on and off horses.
Limbo dancing is first from West Africa but today it is an important part of celebrations in the Caribbean.Young people have to dance under a pole （杆）.The pole is often on fire and the dancer mustn’t touch it! After a successful “limbo”，they put the pole lower and do it again. Some dancers can dance under a pole just twenty centimeters off the ground!
Mask（面具）dances are important for the Dogon people in Mali. Each village makes different masks.They are often huge and colorful.There are masks of people,monsters or local animals like crocodiles and monkeys.Mask dancers are always men and they dance to the sound of drums for hours after the death of a person in the village.Today, Dogon villagers also perform the dances for tourists.
( )1.What do we know about flamenco dancing
A. Dancers begin performing before the guitar music starts.
B. A woman dancer often wears a long black dress.
C. A woman dancer moves her hands and feet at different speeds.
D. Dancers clap loudly while moving around each other.
C
( )2.What does the underlined word “gymnastics” in Paragraph 2 refer to
A. A play. B. A sport. C. A celebration. D. A show.
B
( )3.Which of the following is limbo dancing
A. B. C. D.
A
( )4.What is the best title for the passage
A. Dance Jumps and Moves B. Dances for Different Ages
C. Dance Music and Clothing D. Dances from Around the World
D
【I can express】
回答问题
1.What’s your favorite dance
_________________________________
My favorite dance is folk dance.
2.Why is it your favorite dance
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Because it shows different cultures of different countries. So every folk dance has its special style. I think it is interesting.
Passage 2【2021阜新阅读 Passage 2改编】
【读前预先练】
1.stay healthy___________
保持健康
2.take a walk_______
散步
3.not enough to do sth._______________
不足以做某事
4.make a difference_________________
有影响；起作用
5.finds out_______
查明
6.be good for_______________
对……有好处
7.as...as_____________
和……一样
8.professor n. _______
教授
9.fits v. _________________________
可以放得下，可以装得进
10.take the stairs_________
走楼梯
代替，而不是
11.instead of_______________
电梯
12.lift n. _______
变形，走样
13.out of shape_____________
恢复到原来的体形
14.get back into shape___________________
别着急，慢慢来
15.take baby steps_________________
Walking
If you want to get healthy or stay healthy, there is one easy activity for you—walking.
You may think that simply taking a walk is not enough to make a big difference.You may think that you need to do something like running to stay healthy.Well, a new study says that is not true. It finds out that walking may be as good for us as running.
Running is a high-impact（高强度的） activity and can be hard on the body. So, many people cannot run.Walking seems to have all of the advantages and none of the disadvantages of running.
Dr. Russell Pate is a professor of exercise science at the Arnold School of Public Health at the University of South Carolina. He says, “Walking is one of the easiest and safest exercises a person can do. You do not need to learn a lot to get results.”
Walking needs no special skills or device.You can do it anywhere. It fits easily into your daily schedule（日程表）.You can walk at work.You can walk if you want to go shopping. You can take the stairs instead of the lift.
Walking is a great exercise for beginners. If you are out of shape or getting back into shape after an illness or accident, walking is perfect.You can do a little at a time, or as we like to say, take baby steps.
( )1.What does the new study show
A. Running is better than walking.
B. Walking is the best way of exercising.
C. Walking and running are not good enough.
D. Walking is as good as running.
D
( )2.What does the underlined word “device” in Paragraph 5 mean
A. Equipment. B. Room. C. Chance. D. Level.
A
( )3.Which one is true according to this passage
A. Walking is not good for a beginner.
B. Walking seems to have all of the advantages of running.
C. You’d better drive when you want to go shopping.
D. Walking does harm to all people after an illness or accident.
B
( )4.What is the writer’s purpose of writing this passage
A. To tell people that they shouldn’t walk more.
B. To tell people that walking is a waste of time.
C. To tell people that they should walk more.
D. To tell people that they don’t need to run any more.
C
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.It finds out that walking may be as good for us as running.
________________________________________________________________________________
She is chosen to take part in the competition because she can run as fast as a car.
2.Walking seems to have all of the advantages and none of the disadvantages of running.
________________________________________________________
She has tried all the ways but none of them were useful.
二、回答问题
1.What do you think is the best way to stay healthy
_______________________________________________
I think running is the best way to stay healthy.
2.Give your reasons.
__________________________________________________________________________
Because it can make me relaxed, especially when I am under a lot of pressure.
Passage 3
【读前预先练】
1.upcoming adj. _____________
即将到来的
2.activities n. _______
→______（v.）行动；做事
→________（adj.）积极的
活动
act
active
3.interview v. _______
采访
4.past n. _____________
过去；往昔
5.record v. _______
记录
6.teenager n. _________
青少年
隐藏
7.hidden v. _______
→_______（原形）
→______（过去式）
hide
hid
8.yard sale ___________
庭院销售
9.no longer_______
不再
10.head to _____________
向……进发
11.a bit of fun _____________
一点儿乐趣
Fun Activities for Teens（青少年） to Do in the Summer
Do you feel bored with the upcoming summer We asked parents for ideas for things that teens can do and here are some suggestions for fun activities for you to do in the summer.
#1 _______
Visit older family members and interview them about the past of your family. You could use a smartphone to record some of the conversation. Things to ask about:
●What did you eat
●Who was your favorite family member
●What did you do to make yourself happy
●What was it like when you were a teenager
#2 _______
Not only will you make your parents really happy, but you will find all those lost CDs/books/socks that are hidden under the bed.
You can now have a yard sale for the things you no longer want, and make yourself some pocket money at the same time.
Put together a memory（记忆） book. It could be about primary or junior school since you’re heading to high school:
#3 _______
● friends made
● best memories
● favorite teachers
● favorite subjects
● hopes/feelings about going to high school, etc.
Get down and work on the farm and have a bit of fun. You never know you might love driving tractors（拖拉机） and feeding cows and horses. If nothing else, it will give you a good taste of what a hard life farming is.
#4 _______
( )1.Which may not be a good question for the interview in #1
A. What did you do for fun B. How did you go to school
C. What were your parents like D. What’s the plan for your future
D
( )2.Which is suggested in #2
A. Throwing away what you’ve found.
B. Selling something that is not needed.
C. Asking your parents for pocket money.
D. Using CDs that you’ve found as presents.
B
( )3.What is the proper title for 2, 4 separately
a. Clear out Your Room b. Create a Memory Book
c. Help on a Nearby Farm d. Discover Family History
A. a-d-b-c B. d-a-b-c C. d-b-a-c D. c-a-b-d
B
( )4.What can working on a farm bring to you
A. Your love for country music. B. The interest in your future job.
C. The experience of farm work. D. The fun of sharing with friends.
C
( )5.Who is the text written for
A. Teens. B. Teachers. C. Parents. D. Farmers.
A
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.You can now have a yard sale for the things you no longer want.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
After learning from her cousin, the little girl was no longer afraid of speaking in public.
2.Get down and work on the farm and have a bit of fun.
____________________________________________________
Watching the changes of the clouds has a bit of fun.
二、回答问题
1.What other proper activities can you offer to the teenagers
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
They can go to the countryside to experience the beautiful scenery of the villages./They can do some volunteer work for the old people. It’s really meaningful.
Passage 4
【读前预先练】
1.talent shows___________
才艺表演
2.competitors n. _________
竞争者
3.in the hope that..._________________
抱着……的希望
4.certain adj. _______
某个
5.hundreds of _____________
成百上千的
6.resource n. _______
资源
7.netizen n. _______
网民
8.be blamed for _______________
因……被责备
9.misleading v. _______
误导
10.keep...in mind ___________
牢记……
11.responsibility n. _______
责任
Many people like to watch online talent shows. To form a group, young people compete on these shows with song and dance performances. Viewers can vote（投票） for their favorite competitors in the hope that they’ll win.
But one of these shows has caused trouble. On the third season of Youth With You, a show made by iQIYI, viewers were told that they could get more votes for their stars by scanning QR codes inside the caps of a certain brand of milk. As a result, a group of fans bought hundreds of bottles of milk earlier this month, far more than they could drink. After opening the caps, they poured the milk and wasted resource.
This waste of milk made many people angry. “The fans forget how many poor children don’t have even one bottle of milk to drink and how precious food is,” one netizen wrote on Sina Weibo.
iQIYI and the show’s sponsors （赞助商） were blamed for misleading fans and encouraging them to waste. “Companies should keep their responsibility to society in mind and avoid introducing their shows in improper ways,” Xinhua said.
This “money above all” message will misguide children and form bad values. As a result of this, iQIYI ended production on the show. On May 10, the Beijing Municipal Radio and Television Bureau（北京市广播电视局） said online shows shouldn’t set up voting systems that encouraged people to “vote by spending money”. The notice also makes it clear that children are not allowed to compete on these shows.
( )1.What can you do for your favorite competitor when you are watching the show according to the passage
A. Make a call. B. Write a letter. C. Keep a diary. D. Give a vote.
D
( )2.What does the underlined word “precious” in Paragraph 3 mean
A. Lovely. B. Valuable. C. Special. D. Ordinary.
B
( )3.Which of the following is not true according to the passage
A. Youth With You is a show made by iQIYI.
B. The waste of milk made many people angry.
C. Online shows should encourage people to vote.
D. Companies should keep their responsibility to society in mind.
C
( )4.What’s the purpose of this passage
A. To teach people how to vote.
B. To introduce Youth With You.
C. To raise money from the society.
D. To help children develop a healthy value.
D
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.Viewers can vote（投票） for their favorite competitors in the hope that they’ll win.
_________________________________________________________________________________
I got up early this morning in the hope that I could cook breakfast for my mother.
2.The notice also makes it clear that children are not allowed to compete on these shows.
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
My English teacher makes it clear that we aren’t allowed to leave our homework unfinished.
My favorite star is Yiyang Qianxi. I usually watch his shows and learn something positive from him to support him.
二、回答问题
1.What do you think of the behavior of wasting milk
__________________________________________________________________________________________
I think it is not only unwise, but also wrong. We shouldn’t waste money or food in this way.
2.Who is your favorite star What do you usually do to support him or her
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Passage 5【2021黔东南州阅读E改编】
【读前预先练】
1.take place_______
发生
2.typical adj._________
典型的
3.main character_______
主角
4.owner n._______________
物主，所有者
5.customers n._______
顾客
6.neighborhood n._________________
临近地区，社区
7.do business_________
做生意
8.pass the time___________
打发时间
9.go on with_______
继续
10.well-known adj._________
闻名的
11.be interested in_______________
对……感兴趣
Teahouse （《茶馆》）
The play takes place in a typical old Beijing teahouse. The main characters are the teahouse’s owner, Wang Lifa and his customers, who all live in the same neighborhood. 1. __
The play reflects（反映） changes in the lives of almost 70 characters. It includes three parts.2.__ The second part jumps forward 20 years and the final part takes place in 1948.
B
A
In Teahouse, the writer Lao She says goodbye to the old Chinese society and hello to the new one. It’s about the changes that have taken place in Chinese society in almost 50 years. 3.__ Some come to do business, and others come just to sit and pass the time. There are some good people and there are also bad characters. They meet, they talk, they argue, and then go on with their lives.
4. __It is still one of the most popular plays in China. It is a favorite work by Lao She, one of China’s most well-known writers. Anyone who is interested in Chinese life and history should watch the play. 5. __
F
E
D
A. The first part takes place in 1898.
B. They come in and out of the teahouse and talk to each other.
C. Home, Spring and Autumn are Ba Jin’s famous works.
D. It helps one to understand Chinese culture better.
E. Teahouse was first put on in 1958.
F. All kinds of people come to the teahouse in Beijing.
G. Many people in China like watching the play Teahouse very much.
【I can express】
回答问题
1.What’s your favorite Chinese literature
________________________________________________
My favorite Chinese literature is Ordinary World.
2.Introduce your favorite Chinese literature simply.
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Ordinary World was completed by Lu Yao in May 1988. It shows the urban and rural life in China. The main characters are a farmer’s two children named Sun Shaoping and Sun Shaoan. The brothers in this story overcome many difficulties and succeed in the end.
分析江西近10年中考真题可知，2014年书面表达考查了“文娱与体育”这一话题，角度为就“课外阅读”发表自己的观点。分析全国近4年真题，此话题为常考话题，通常有以下命题角度：①谈论对体育考试的看法；②介绍体育运动带来的益处；③介绍自己喜欢的文娱节目或图书；④介绍对某种文娱活动的看法。
2021年大庆初中升学体育考试已经过去，但却给你留下了深刻的印象。你决定向你校英文广播站投稿，请根据以下要点和要求，分享你的备考经历与收获。
↓ ↓
文体:应用文 人称:第一人称时态:一般过去时
【2021大庆改编】
写作要点:
1. What preparations did you make before the exam
2. What difficulty did you meet and how did you overcome it
3. How was the result of the exam
要求:
1. 短文应包括提示中所有的写作要点，条理清楚，行文连贯，可适当发挥；
2. 短文中不能出现真实的人名和地名；
3. 词数不少于80，短文开头已给出，不计入总词数。
参考词汇： the solid ball （实心球） jump rope （跳绳） long jump （跳远）
Though the physical test in Daqing entrance examination for senior middle school was over, it left me a deep impression.
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
谋篇布局
主题：参加体育考试的经历及收获 开头：介绍考试前做的准备工作 准备：preparations, turn to, search for information, choose the
proper event
句型：①In order to..., I practiced...
②I searched for information on the Internet to...
③I made all kinds of preparations to...
④I prepared...for...
中间：遇到的困难及克服的过程 困难：don’t do well in, be weak in, fail in
克服过程：don’t give up, stick to, practise more, work harder, ask
for help
句型：①Though..., I didn’t...
②It’s a pity that...
③I’m weak in..., so I...
④I failed to pass the... exam.
⑤Although I failed in..., I didn’t give up.
⑥I asked...for help and tried my best to...
续表
结尾：考试收获 收获：get full/high/low marks, be brave, make great progress, be not
afraid of difficulties, think twice, turn to different people
句型：①After this exam..., I know that...
②I learned much from this exam.
③I not only..., but also...
④It’s really hard work, but...
续表
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
Though the physical test in Daqing entrance examination for senior middle school was over, it left me a deep impression.
I did a lot of pre-test preparations to choose sports events which were the most proper for me. At last, I chose the solid ball, jump rope and long jump. At first, I didn’t do well in jumping rope. But I didn’t give up. I stuck to doing it for three minutes downstairs after school every day. It didn’t work at first, but quantitative change led to qualitative change. After half a month, I made great progress. Finally, I could reach the standard of excellence. I did well in the solid ball and long jump as well.
I not only got full marks in the middle school physical education examination, but also learned the spirit of never giving up.
参考范文
【此话题相关词汇及句型见《话题词句必背册》P11】
弘扬红色文化，传承红色基因。上周你校举办了“经典红歌传唱”歌咏比赛，你班以《我的祖国》为参赛曲目并获得了第一名。这首歌由乔羽作词，刘炽作曲。其歌词雄壮、旋律激昂，它首唱于电影《上甘岭》（Battle on Shangganling Mountain）。假如你是李华，你的英国笔友David想了解这首歌及你对它的感受，请你根据以下要点和要求用英文给他写一封电子邮件。
【2021河池改编】
写作要点:
1. What do you know about the song
2. How do you feel when you listen to this song
3. What influence does the song have on you
要求:
1. 短文应包括提示中所有的写作要点，条理清楚，行文连贯，可适当发挥；
2. 短文中不能出现真实的人名和地名；
3. 词数不少于80，短文开头和结尾已给出，不计入总词数。
Dear David,
How’s everything going I’d like to tell you something about the song My Motherland.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
All in all, I like the song very much. What do you think of it Look forward to hearing from you!
The song was written by Qiao Yu and composed by Liu Chi. Its lyrics are majestic and its melody is exciting. It was first sung on the film Battle On Shangganling Mountain.
When I was ten years old，I watched the movie. The song brought hope and strength to the wounded soldiers. At that moment，I was deeply moved.
Whenever I hear this song，I am proud of my motherland. It inspires me to study hard. In the future，I will try my best to contribute to our country and wish our country better and better.
Yours,
Li Hua(共71张PPT)
话题10 生态环保（2篇+4篇）
话题角度：保护环境、节约资源
【教材语篇链接】
单元 单元
七年级（下）Unit 5 介绍大象，并呼吁保护 大象 九年级（全）Unit 13 拯救鲨鱼
八年级（下）Unit 7 保护大熊猫
教材优质语篇读写练
课外语篇拓展练
高频话题写作指导：生态环保
Passage 1【人教九年级（全）Unit 13 Section A 3a,P99】
Save the Sharks!
Many have heard of shark fin soup. This famous and
expensive dish is especially popular in southern China.
But do you realize that you’re killing a whole shark each time you enjoy a bowl of shark fin soup
When people catch sharks, they cut off their fins and throw the sharks back into the ocean. This is not only cruel, but also harmful to the environment. Without
a fin, a shark can no longer swim and slowly dies. Sharks are at the top of the food chain in the ocean’s ecosystem. If their numbers drop too low, ____will bring danger to all ocean life. Many believe that sharks can never be endangered because they are the strongest in their food chain. But in fact, around 70 million sharks are caught and traded in this industry every year. The numbers of some kinds of sharks have fallen by over 90 percent in the last 20 to 30 years.
Environmental protection groups around the world, such as WildAid and the WWF, are teaching the public about “finning”. They have even asked governments to develop laws to stop the sale of shark fins. So far, no scientific studies have shown that shark fins are good for health, so why eat them Help save the sharks！
it
【I know them】
1.hear of_______
听说
2.popular adj. ___________
受欢迎的
3.cut off_______
切掉
4.cruel adj. _________
残忍的
5.no longer _______
不再
6.at the top of_______________
在……的顶端
7.bring danger to _________________
给……带来危险
8.industry n. _______
产业
9.the number of _____________
……的数目
10.fall by over 90 percent _____________________
降低超过百分之九十
制定阻止……的法律
13.develop laws to stop... _____________________
到目前为止
14.so far _____________
科学的
15.scientific adj. _________
→_________（n.） 科学
→__________（n.） 科学家
science
scientist
11.environmental protection groups ___________
环保组织
12.public adj._________________
公共的；公众的
【I can think】
选择正确答案
( )1.What is Paragraph 2 mainly about
A. The power of sharks.
B. The taste of shark fin soup.
C. The bad influence of eating shark fin soup.
D. The animal that is at the top of the food chain.
C
( )2.What does the underlined word “it” in Paragraph 2 refer to
A. A shark whose fins have been cut off.
B. A bowl of shark fin soup.
C. The ocean’s ecosystem.
D. The situation that the number of sharks drops very low.
D
( )3.What’s the purpose of the passage
A. To help people understand the importance of sharks.
B. To advise people to refuse to eat shark fin soup.
C. To make people take action to protect the ocean.
D. To introduce another kind of delicious dish.
B
【I can express】
一、句子翻译
1.When people catch sharks, they cut off their fins and throw the sharks back into the ocean.
___________________________________________________________
当人们抓住鲨鱼时，他们切掉鲨鱼翅，然后把鲨鱼扔回大海里。
2.If their numbers drop too low, it will bring danger to all ocean life.
_____________________________________________________
如果它们的数量降得太低，这将会给海洋生物带来危险。
3.The numbers of some kinds of sharks have fallen by over 90 percent in the last 20 to 30 years.
_____________________________________________________________
在过去的二三十年里，几种鲨鱼的数量已经减少了百分之九十多。
二、句子仿写
1.This is not only cruel, but also harmful to the environment.
__________________________________________________
This dress is not only cheap, but also comfortable.
2.If their numbers drop too low, it will bring danger to all ocean life.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
If people start to do something to protect the environment, our earth will be more beautiful.
3.So far, no scientific studies have shown that shark fins are good for health.
_______________________________________________________________________
The study has shown that those who like reading books are usually wiser.
三、回答问题
1.What will you do if you find some dishes of wild animals in the restaurant
____________________________________________
I will refuse to eat them and call the police.
2.As a student, what can you do to help protect wild animals
_______________________________________________________________________________
I will make some posters to tell people the importance of protecting wild animals.
Passage 2【人教九年级（全）Unit 13 Section B 2b,P102】
Rethink, Reuse, Recycle!
Do you often throw away things you don’t need anymore Have you ever thought about how these things can actually be put to good use _______.
You have probably never heard of Amy Hayes, but she is a most unusual woman. She lives in a house in the UK that she built herself out of rubbish. The windows and doors come from old buildings around her town that were pulled down. The top of the house is an old boat turned upside down. And the gate in front of her house is made of rocks and old glass bottles. Amy recently won a prize from the Help Save Our Planet Society. The president said, “Amy is an inspiration to us all.”
Amy isn’t the only one who is good at recycling. Jessica Wong from Hong Kong uses old clothes that people don’t wear anymore to make bags. She has been doing this for a few years now. She opened a small shop where she sells her bags, and she has also set up a website to sell them online. She especially likes to use old jeans to make handbags. Her bags are cute and useful. “I plan to write a book about new ways to use old clothes,” she said. “I hope people can read my book and enjoy it!”
Wang Tao set up a small business in Shanghai four years ago. He is known for using iron and other materials from old cars to make beautiful art pieces. Some are large pieces that look like animals or humans, and some are smaller pieces you can put at home. The more popular works can even be seen in art shops around the city. Wang Tao hopes to set up a “metal art” theme park to show people the importance of environmental protection. Not only can the art bring happiness to others, but it also shows that even cold, hard iron can be brought back to life with a little creativity.
【I know them】
1.throw away _______
扔掉
2.be put to good use _____________
被充分利用
3.be pulled down _______
被拆
4.gate n. _______
大门
5.in front of _______________________
在……的前面（外部）
6.is made of _____________
由……制成
7.glass bottle _________
玻璃瓶
8.won v. _______
→______（原形）
→_______（过去分词）
→__________（现在分词）
短语：______________ 得奖
win
won
winning
win a prize
9.president n. _____________________
主席；负责人；总统
10.be good at doing sth. _____________
擅长做某事
11.recycling v. 回收利用，再利用
→_________（原形）
recycle
12.not...anymore _______
不再
13.set up a website _______________
成立一个网站
赢得
因做某事而出名
15.be known for doing sth. _________________
艺术品
16.art piece _________
作品
17.works n._______
艺术品商店
18.art shop _____________
希望做某事
19.hope to do sth. _____________
金属
20.metal n._______
……的重要性
21.the importance of _______________
环境保护
22.environmental protection ___________
给……带来快乐/幸福
23.bring happiness to... ______________________
恢复，使想起
24.bring back _______________
14.plan to do sth. _____________
计划做某事
【I can think】
一、选择正确答案
( )1.Choose the best sentence to fill in the blank “__” in Paragraph 1.
A. We should take action to make our world a better place.
B. Do you want to save water to save our planet
C. Wang Tao is good at recycling things that seem to be useless.
D. Nothing is a waste if you have a creative mind.
D
( )2.Match the name with the action to recycle things.
①Amy Hayes a. Use old clothes that people don’t wear anymore to make bags.
②Jessica Wong b. Use iron and other materials from old cars to make beautiful art pieces.
③Wang Tao c. Build herself a house out of rubbish.
A. ①-c ②-b ③-a B. ①-c ②-a ③-b C. ①-b ②-a ③-c D. ①-b ②-c ③-a
B
A B C D
( )3.Which of the following best shows the structure of the passage
C
A.
B.
C.
D.
二、完成思维导图
【I can express】
一、句子翻译
1.Do you often throw away things you don’t need anymore
_________________________________
你经常扔掉你不再需要的东西吗？
2.She lives in a house in the UK that she built herself out of rubbish.
_________________________________________________________
她住在英国的一所房子里，那所房子是她自己用垃圾建成的。
3.Amy isn’t the only one who is good at recycling.
_____________________________________
艾米不是唯一一个擅长回收利用的人。
二、句子仿写
1.And the gate in front of her house is made of rocks and old glass bottles.
___________________________________________________________________________________
I really love the desk that is made of bamboo. It was made by my grandfather.
2.I hope people can read my book and enjoy it!
___________________________________________________________
I hope I can be a doctor like Zhong Nanshan in the future.
3.He is known for using iron and other materials from old cars to make beautiful art pieces.
_________________________________________________________________
As is known to us all, Lang Lang is known for playing the piano.
Passage 1【2021梧州阅读B改编】
【读前预先练】
1.rubbish n._______
垃圾
2.turn...into..._________________
把……变成……
3.materials n._______
物质
4.in use_________
在使用
5.recycling plastic_______________
可回收的塑料
6.soda can _________
汽水罐
7.cardboard box _________
纸板箱
8.advantages n._______
优点
资源
10.resources n._______
铝罐
11.aluminum can _______
塑料瓶
12.plastic bottle _________
标记
13.be marked with _______
标识码
14.identification code _________
化学药品
15.chemicals n. ___________
运输
16.transport v. _______
方便地
17.conveniently adv._________
采取行动
18.take action___________
9.landfills n._____________
废物填埋场
Recycling is a way to take rubbish and turn it into new products. It’s helpful to our environment. There are a number of different recycling steps that allow materials to be used more than once.
All kinds of materials can be recycled. Some of the most common things in use today include recycling plastic，glass, metals and paper. Things made of these materials include soda cans, plastic milk boxes, newspapers, computers and cardboard boxes.
There are a number of advantages for recycling. These include: Landfills—Recycling materials means less rubbish and saves space in landfills. Resources—When we use materials again this means we can take fewer resources from the earth. Pollution—in general, recycling materials can produce less pollution, helping to keep our environment clean.
Be sure to recycle everything you can in your house and school. There is almost a “recycle” rubbish can around. Be sure to drop your used aluminum cans and plastic bottles there. At home, be sure to put paper things like the newspapers, paper boxes, and homework pages into the recycle box.
Plastics are usually marked with an identification code that shows a recycling symbol and a number from 1 to 7. This shows that the type of chemicals, or materials, is used in making the plastic. Used paper can be recycled around seven times.
It is high time we set up a recycle station in every street, across the city and the country, so the cleaners can transport the rubbish conveniently. This is the only way out for handling rubbish without causing danger to the environment and our health. For ourselves, our children and our children’s children, let’s take action NOW!
( )1.What can we know from the first paragraph
A. We can make more money from recycling.
B. Recycling is helpful to our environment.
C. Recycling is common and popular.
D. There is too much rubbish around us.
B
( )2.What are recycling’s advantages according to Paragraph 3
①producing less rubbish
②using fewer resources
③saving more space
④saving more money
⑤producing less pollution
A. ①②③⑤ B. ②③④⑤ C. ①②③④ D. ①②④⑤
A
( )3.What does the underlined word “handling” in Paragraph 6 mean
A. Dealing with. B. Giving up. C. Taking out. D. Looking for.
A
( )4.What does the writer mainly want to tell us
A. We should recycle everything in our daily life.
B. Many resources can be saved by recycling.
C. We should take action to recycle rubbish.
D. Recycle stations should be set up in the street.
C
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.There are a number of advantages for recycling.
__________________________________________________________
There are a number of advantages for studying in a group.
2.It is high time we set up a recycle station in every street.
_______________________________________________________________________________________
It’s high time that we make up our mind to do something good for the environment.
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
二、回答问题
1.What do you think you can recycle in your daily life？
_____________________________
I can recycle water/my toys.
2.How will it/they be recycled？
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
I can recycle water by using the water I wash hands with to clean the floor./I can give away the toys I won’t play with to those who want them.
Passage 2
【读前预先练】
1.climate change ___________
气候变化
2.hot topic ___________
热点话题
3.provide v. _______
提供
4.protecting v. 保护
→____________（n.）保护
protection
5.planet n. _______
星球
6.up to _______
多达
7.direct sunlight ___________
直射阳光
8.researchers n. _________
研究者
9.cool down ______________________
使……冷却/变凉/降温
对抗
10.fight against _______
全球变暖
11.global warming ___________
主要的
带领
12.lead adj. _________ v. _______
→______（过去式/过去分词）
搭配：____________________ 带领某人做某事
led
lead sb. to do sth.
太空
13.space n. _______
大量的
不可数名词
14.a large amount of _________（后接_____________）
准确地
15.exactly adv. _________
被……覆盖
16.be covered with _____________
岩石
17.rocks n. _______
谢天谢地，幸亏
18.thankfully adv. _________________
投入市场，在出售
19.on the market ___________________
Climate change has been a hot topic for a long time now. Scientists often provide new studies and suggestions for protecting our planet.
Scientists in the US recently invented the whitest paint ever made. The paint can reflect （反射） up to 98 percent of sunlight and cool surfaces （表面） by 4.5℃—even in direct sunlight. The researchers hope that this new paint can help cool down the planet if it is used to paint buildings.
“Our paint can help fight against global warming by helping to cool Earth—that’s the cool point,” lead researcher Professor Ruan Xiulin from Purdue University told The Guardian. “Producing the whitest white means the paint can reflect the maximum （最大的） amount of sunlight back to space.”
There are two things that make the paint so white. First, it has a large amount of barium sulphate （硫酸钡）. Barium sulphate is used to make paper white. Also, the barium sulphate particles （微粒） in the paint are of all different sizes, which helps to reflect more light.
But exactly how much paint would be needed to help stop climate change “We estimate we would only need to paint 1 percent of the Earth’s surface with this paint—perhaps an area where no people live that is covered with rocks—and that could help fight the climate change,” Professor Ruan said. Thankfully, we won’t have to wait much longer to use it. The new whitest white paint could be on the market in about one or two years.
( )1.Which of the following is true according to the passage
A. The paint cannot help fight against global warming.
B. The paint can reflect the maximum amount of sunlight back to space.
C. The paint can cover the rocks.
D. The paint will never appear in the market.
B
( )2.What does Paragraph 4 mainly talk about
A. The things that make the paint so white.
B. Barium sulphate particles can reflect more light.
C. We need more things to stop climate change.
D. The reflection of sunlight.
A
( )3.What does the underlined word “estimate” in Paragraph 5 mean
A. Communicate. B. Guess. C. Introduce. D. Decide.
B
( )4.What’s the best title for the passage
A. Climate Change B. The Use of Barium Sulphate
C. The Whitest Paint D. The Reflection of Sunlight
C
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.Climate change has been a hot topic for a long time now.
_______________________________________________________________
Protecting our environment has been a hot topic for a long time.
2.Our paint can help fight against global warming by helping to cool Earth.
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
We can help reduce air pollution by walking or taking a bus to school instead of asking our parents to drive us there.
二、回答问题
1.How do you like the invention？
___________________________________________________________________
I think it is a great invention because it helps cool down our planet.
2.What’s your hope towards it
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
As global warming becomes more and more serious, I hope this invention can be widely used as soon as possible.
三、长难句分析
“We estimate we would only need to paint 1 percent of the Earth’s surface with this paint—perhaps an area where no people live that is covered with rocks—and that could help fight the climate change,” Professor Ruan said.
本句包含直接引语，直接引语中包含一个省略了引导词_______的___________，“perhaps an area where no people live that is covered in rocks”是插入语，插入语中包含两个定语从句，均修饰先行词_______，一个由where引导，一个由_______引导。______并列两个分句，that指代在地球表面1%的地方涂上这种涂料这一情况。句意为：阮教授说：“我们估计我们只需要在地球表面1%的地方涂上这种涂料——也许是一个没有人居住的被岩石覆盖的地区——那就可以帮助我们应对气候变化。”
that
宾语从句
area
that
and
Passage 3
【读前预先练】
1.since then ___________
从那时起
2.wore v._____
→_______（原形）
→________（过去分词）
穿
wear
worn
3.learn from_____________
向……学习
4.both…and… _________
两者都
5.society_______
社会
6.recyclable material_____________
可回收材料
7.such as_______
比如
……的数量
9.the amount of_____________
现在是……的时候了。
10.It is high time that..._______________________
different kinds of
11.___________________ 不同种类的；各种各样的
和
12.as well as_____
充满
13.be full of_______
被埋在……
14.be buried in_____________
……的底部
15.the bottom of_____________
继续做某事
16.continue to do sth._____________
8.try one’s best to do sth. _________________________
尽某人最大的努力做某事
The Garbage（垃圾） Project started at the University of Arizona in 1973. Since then, the students and teachers in it have studied the modern garbage in different cities.
To study the garbage, the students had to travel to landfills, the places where cities bury（填埋） their garbage. While the students were studying the garbage, they wore special clothes. Students were very careful when they opened bags of garbage.
One important thing the students have learned from studying the garbage is that the garbage in landfills disappears very slowly. That was surprising to both the students and many scientists who had thought that about 70% of the garbage in landfills would disappear quickly. Even in cities where it rains a lot, the students found newspapers from 1948, 40-year-old hot dogs, and vegetables from 1970. And the students also found many more empty bottles of cola than they expected.
As society develops, there is more and more waste produced in our daily life. How to dispose of our garbage well depends on what kind of garbage it is: regular（普通的） garbage, dangerous materials, or recyclable materials, such as newspapers and glass bottles. Regular garbage goes to regular landfills. Dangerous materials are harmful to people’s health and the environment. They shouldn’t go to regular landfills. And people should try their best to reuse the resource and reduce the amount of using them. It is high time that people need to divide different kinds of waste and put them into different dustbins, which will be a great help to cleaning workers as well as the whole society.
Homes are full of dangerous waste. One kind of dangerous waste in homes is batteries（电池）. When batteries are buried directly in a landfill, they often break open. The poison inside them moves through rain water to the bottom of the landfill. Then it can pollute the natural water in the ground. Another dangerous waste from homes is motor oil. When people pour old motor oil on the ground or throw it in the garbage, it pollutes the environment.
Our garbage problem is not new, but as the world’s population continues to grow, it will become a bigger and bigger problem.
( )1.What did the students do to study the modern garbage
①wore special clothes ②buried garbage themselves
③travelled to landfills ④opened bags of garbage carefully
⑤separated garbage into different kinds
A. ①②③ B. ②③④ C. ②③⑤ D. ①③④
D
( )2.Match the following garbage with its kind.
①glass bottles a. regular garbage
②batteries b. dangerous materials
③wood that can be used only once c. recyclable materials
A. ①-b ②-a ③-c B. ①-c ②-a ③-b C. ①-c ②-b ③-a D. ①-b ②-c ③-a
C
( )3.What do the underlined words “dispose of” in Paragraph 4 mean
A. Put away. B. Deal with. C. Worry about. D. Make up.
B
( )4.Which of the following is true according to the passage
A. Old motor oil should go to regular landfills.
B. There are only two kinds of dangerous waste in homes.
C. Batteries are often broken when they are buried directly in a landfill.
D. The students found empty bottles of cola were not as many as they expected.
C
【I can express】
回答问题
1.When did the Garbage Project start
___________
In 1973.
2.What kinds of rubbish are mentioned in the passage
_____________________________________________________________
Regular garbage, dangerous materials and recyclable materials.
3.What should we do about the garbage
________________________________________________________________________________
We should divide them into three kinds and then throw them in the right place.
Passage 4
【读前预先练】
1.be covered by_______________
被……所覆盖
2.less than___________
少于……
3.wooden adj. _________________
→________（n.）木材；木头
木制的；木质的
wood
4.percent n. _____________
百分之……
5.methods n. _______
方法
6.natural adj. ___________________
→_________（n.）自然；自然界
自然的；自然界的
nature
7.humans n. _______
人类
8.enjoy v._____________
享受；喜欢
9.so far_____________
到目前为止
10.forests n. _______
森林
Thousands of years ago, Britain was covered by thick forests, home to many animals which no longer live in the United Kingdom. There were wolves and bears, many different kinds of deer and large wild cows. There were less than four million people. They lived in small villages protected by wooden walls from the animals outside.
All this has changed, of course. Now the population of the United Kingdom has increased to sixty-five million. Three-quarters of Britain is covered with fields, towns or cities. Although 25 percent of land is countryside, new methods of farming mean that there are fewer birds and small animals living in fields than ever before. The United Kingdom is one of the few countries in the world that does not have a large wild animal that eats meat. In Scotland there are only 400 wildcats, but these are much smaller than wolves.
Some people would like to change things, however! Some organizations（组织） and writers say that Britain needs to become more natural again. They suggest that trees and plants that grew in the UK before towns and cities were built should be allowed to grow again. They even say that large wild animals which have not lived in the UK should be helped to return and live wild. They call this “rewilding”.
Not everyone agrees. In the last twenty years, over one million trees which at first grew in Scotland have been planted and there are plans for more—but wild animals Some people ask if wolves will attack（攻击） sheep or even humans. They are also angry that rewilding might mean an end to walking in the hills which so many people enjoy. So far there are no wolves or bears in Britain’s forests—but soon there might be!
( )1.What was the population of the UK thousands of years ago
A. About 25 million. B. Over 65 million.
C. More than 61 million. D. Not more than four million.
D
( )2.Why are there fewer birds and small animals in fields in the UK
A. Because more trees have been planted.
B. Because there are more large wild animals.
C. Because pollution is much worse than before.
D. Because people use new methods of farming.
D
( )1.What was the population of the UK thousands of years ago
A. About 25 million. B. Over 65 million.
C. More than 61 million. D. Not more than four million.
( )3.Which paragraph gives opinions（观点） from “rewilding” supporters
A. Paragraph 1. B. Paragraph 2. C. Paragraph 3. D. Paragraph 4.
C
( )4.What are some people against
A. Living closer to nature. B. Planting more and more trees.
C. Helping large wild animals return. D. Building more villages and towns.
C
( )5.What’s the best title for the text
A. Making Britain Wild Again B. A Trip to Wild Britain
C. An Introduction to Britain D. Protecting the Environment
A
【I can express】
一、句子翻译
1.They lived in small villages protected by wooden walls from the animals outside.
_____________________________________________________________________
他们住在小山村里，这些村庄都用木质墙保护起来，免受外面动物的侵犯。
2.The United Kingdom is one of the few countries in the world that does not have a large wild animal that eats meat.
_______________________________________________________
英国是世界上少数几个没有大型食肉野生动物的国家之一。
二、句子仿写
1.Thousands of years ago, Britain was covered by thick forests.
________________________________________________________________________________________
All the things are covered by white snow./The wheat was covered by a new piece of plastic.
2.There were less than four million people.
________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Only less than five pupils were invited to attend the party./There were less than three potatoes in the fridge.
分析江西近10年中考真题可知，书面表达未涉及过“生态环保”这一话题。分析全国近4年真题可知，生态环保为高频考查话题，通常有以下命题角度：①介绍环境污染的现状及保护环境的措施；②介绍自己参与的保护环境的活动。
近年来，环境恶化导致的问题日益凸显。假如你是某学生会主席李华，请你以学生会的名义，用英语写一份倡议书，呼吁大家从小事做起，为保护环境尽一份力。
↓
↓
文体:应用文
时态:一般现在时
人称:第一人称
【2021贺州改编】
写作要点:
1. Ways to protect the environment；
2. Your hope（s） for your classmates.
要求:
1. 短文应包括提示中所有的写作要点，条理清楚，行文连贯，可适当发挥；
2. 短文中不能出现真实的人名和地名；
3. 词数不少于80，短文开头和结尾已给出，不计入总词数。
Dear friends，
The environmental problems are getting more and more serious nowadays.______________________________________________________________________________________
the Students’ Union
谋篇布局
主题：保护环境 开头：引入主题 as students；do something to protect the environment
中间：保护环 境的措施 措施：save water and electricity, plastic bag, don’t throw rubbish everywhere, take a bus/by bus, ride a bike/by bike, on foot/walk, plant more trees, make air fresher
句型：①There are different kinds of things we can do, such as/for example...
②We can do our share to...
③It’s our duty to...
④Let’s take action to...
结尾：对同学 们的希望 希望：work together, try one’s best, make our environment better, make the world a clean place
句型：①I hope...
②It’s my biggest wish that...
续表
The environmental problems are getting more and more serious nowadays.As
students, we should do something to protect the environment.
To start with, it’s very important to save water and energy in our daily life.
Next, we are supposed to avoid using plastic bags. What’s more, we shouldn’t
throw rubbish everywhere.Besides, we should choose environmentally friendly ways,
such as walking, riding a bike and taking the bus, when we go out. Last but not least, planting more trees and flowers will make air fresher.
Dear friends，
参考范文
Actions speak louder than words. I hope all of us can work together to make our environment better so that we can live a better and healthier life.
the Students’ Union
【此话题相关词汇及句型见《话题词句必背册》P19】
碳中和是我们努力的目标，低碳生活是我们应该追求的绿色生活方式。某英文网站正在开展以“Going Green—Live a Low-carbon Life”为主题的征文活动。假如你是李华，请用英语写一篇短文投稿，谈谈日常生活中你的具体做法、感受及建议。
写作要点:
1. What do you usually do to go green in your daily life
2. How do you feel about living a low-carbon life
3. What’s your suggestion
要求:
1. 短文应包括提示中所有的写作要点，条理清楚，行文连贯，可适当发挥；
2. 短文中不能出现真实的人名和地名；
3. 词数不少于80，短文开头已给出，不计入总词数。
Living a Low-carbon life is good for everyone. __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
To help with the environment, I live a low-carbon life. I always walk or ride a bike to school instead of taking a car. Besides, I will try to use things that can be recycled and I never forget to turn off the lights when I leave the classroom.
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
I think it’s my duty to live a low-carbon life. And even the simplest activities can make a real difference to the environment. So I suggest we should reuse books as long as possible. And we’d better not spend much money on expensive clothes.
If everyone does something for the environment, I believe the earth will be a better place. Let’s change from ourselves.(共120张PPT)
话题12 知识见识（3篇+8篇）
话题角度：生活常识、自然科普、人文景观和事物发展史
（完形填空A：2021，2018；选择型阅读理解：2021 E，2020 C，2020 D，2018 C，2017 D，2016 D，
2013 C，2012 D；还原型阅读理解：2018）
【教材语篇链接】
单元 单元
七年级（下）Unit 8 居住地及周围环境 九年级（全）Unit 6 茶的发展史
八年级（下）Unit 7 珠穆朗玛峰 九年级（全）Unit 8 巨石阵之谜
八年级（下）Unit 9 三个博物馆
教材优质语篇读写练
课外语篇拓展练
Passage 1【人教九年级（全）Unit 8 Section B 2b,P62】
Stonehenge—Can Anyone Explain Why It Is There
Stonehenge, a rock circle, is not only one of Britain’s most famous historical places but also one of its greatest mysteries. Every year it receives more than 750,000 visitors. People like to go to this place especially in June as they want to see the sun rising on the longest day of the year.
For many years, historians believed Stonehenge was a temple where ancient leaders tried to communicate with the gods. However, historian Paul Stoker thinks this can’t be true because Stonehenge was built so many centuries ago. “The leaders arrived in England much later,” he points out.
Another popular idea is that Stonehenge might be a kind of calendar. The large stones were put together in a certain way. On midsummer’s morning, the sun shines directly into the center of the stones. Other people believe the stones have a medical purpose. They think the stones can prevent illness and keep people healthy. “As you walk there, you can feel the energy from your feet move up your body,” said one visitor. No one is sure what Stonehenge was used for, but most agree that
the position of the stones must be for a special purpose. Some think it might be a burial place or a place to honor ancestors. Others think it was built to celebrate a victory over an enemy.
Stonehenge was built slowly over a long period of time. Most historians believe it must be almost 5,000 years old. One of the greatest mysteries is how it was built because the stones are so big and heavy. In 2001, a group of English volunteers tried to build another Stonehenge, but they couldn’t. “We don’t really know who built Stonehenge,” says Paul Stoker. “And perhaps we might never know, but we do know they must have been hard-working and great planners!”
【I know them】
1.historical adj. _________
→_________（n.）历史
→___________（n.）历史学家
历史的
history
historian
2.communicate with__________________
和……沟通/交流
3.built v. _______
→________（原形）
建立
build
4.arrived v. 到达
短语：___________ 到达（大地方）
___________到达（小地方）
arrive in
arrive at
5.point out_______
指出
6.________ v. 发光；照耀
→________（过去式/过去分词）
shone
7.medical adj._________________
→___________（n.）药；医学
医学的；医疗的
medicine
8.be used for_________
被用来
9.burial n._____________
→_______（v.）埋葬
埋葬；安葬
bury
10.___________ v. 庆祝；庆贺
→_____________（n.）庆典；庆祝活动
celebrate
celebration
11.a period of time___________
一段时间
shines
【I can think】
选择正确答案
( )1.Which of the following statements may Paul Stoker agree with
A. Stonehenge was a temple where ancient leaders tried to communicate with the gods.
B. Stonehenge might be a kind of calendar in which stones were put together in a certain way.
C. These stones can prevent illness and keep people healthy.
D. The people who built Stonehenge must have been good at planning.
D
( )2.Which of the following best shows the structure of the passage
B
A. B. C. D.
( )3.What’s the purpose of the passage
A. To introduce Stonehenge.
B. To invite people to visit Stonehenge.
C. To make people believe historians’ ideas.
D. To encourage people to build another Stonehenge.
A
【I can express】
一、句子翻译
1.Every year it receives more than 750,000 visitors.
_____________________________
每年它接待超过75万名游客。
2.They think the stones can prevent illness and keep people healthy.
_____________________________________________
他们认为石头可以预防疾病并使人们保持健康。
二、回答问题
1.What do you think Stonehenge was used for
___________________________________________
I think it was used for honoring ancestors.
Passage 2 【人教九年级（全）Unit 6 Section B 2b,P46】
Do You Know When Basketball Was Invented
Basketball is a much-loved and active sport that is enjoyed by many for fun and exercise. It is over 100 years old and is played by more than 100 million people in over 200 countries. It is believed that the first basketball game in history was played on December 21, 1891. Then in 1936 in Berlin, it became an event at the Olympics.
Basketball was invented by a Canadian doctor named James Naismith, who was born in 1861. When he was a college teacher, he was asked to think of a game that could be played in the winter. Dr. Naismith created a game to be played inside on a hard floor. Dr. Naismith divided the men in his class into two teams and taught them to play his new game. Players on the same team must work together to get the ball in the other team’s basket. At the same time, they need to stop the competing team from getting the ball into their own basket.
Today, the popularity of basketball has risen around the world, with many young people dreaming of becoming famous players. In China, you can sometimes see people playing basketball in parks, schools and even factories. Basketball has not only become a popular sport to play, but it has also become a popular sport to watch. Although American’s NBA games are the most famous, the CBA games are becoming more popular in China. The number of foreign players, including Chinese players, in the NBA has increased. There are also more and more foreign players in the CBA. Many young people look up to these basketball heroes and want to become like them. These stars encourage young people to work hard to achieve their dreams.
【I know them】
1.active adj. _________
→_________（n.）活动
→___________（pl.）
积极的
activity
activities
2.in history___________
在历史上
3.invented v. _______
→___________（n.）发明；发明物
发明
invention
4.divided v. _____________
搭配：_______________ 把……分成……
分开；分散
divide...into...
5.taught v. ___________
→________（原形）
搭配：_____________________ 教某人做某事
teach
teach sb. to do sth.
6.on the same team_______________
在同一个团队
7.stop...from doing sth._________________
阻止……做某事
8.popularity n. _____________
→__________（adj.）受欢迎的
普及；流行
popular
9.risen v. ___________________
→______（原形）
→_______（过去式）
升起；增加；提高
rise
rose
10.the number of_____________
……的数量
教；讲授
encourage
12.____________ v. 鼓励；鼓舞
搭配：_________________________ 鼓励某人做某事
encourage sb. to do sth.
achieve
13._________ v. 实现；达到；完成
→______________（n.）成就；成绩
achievement
11.look up to_____________
敬仰；崇拜
【I can think】
选择正确答案
( )1.What does the underlined word “they” in Paragraph 2 refer to
A. Games. B. Students. C. Players. D. Countries.
C
( )2.Which is the correct order of the following events
a. The first basketball game was played.
b. Naismith invented basketball.
c. More than 100 million people play basketball.
d. Basketball became an event at the Olympics.
A. a-b-d-c B. b-d-a-c C. a-d-b-c D. b-a-d-c
D
( )3.What’s the main idea of the third paragraph
A. The invention of basketball. B. The importance of basketball.
C. The history of basketball. D. The popularity of basketball.
D
【I can express】
一、句子翻译
1.Many young people look up to these basketball heroes and want to become like them.
_______________________________________________
许多年轻人敬仰这些篮球英雄，并想像他们一样。
2.These stars encourage young people to work hard to achieve their dreams.
_______________________________________
这些明星鼓励年轻人努力学习实现梦想。
二、长难句分析
1.Basketball was invented by a Canadian doctor named James Naismith, who was born in 1861.
该句中，主句是_______________________（时态和语态），named是___________形式作___________，修饰_________；who引导_______________从句，修饰先行词_________________。
一般过去时的被动语态
过去分词
后置定语
doctor
非限制性定语
James Naismith
2.Today, the popularity of basketball has risen around the world, with many young people dreaming of becoming famous players.
该句是___________时，句中已有谓语___________，所以在with的独立结构中，动词要用分词形式，many young people和动词dream是_______关系，所以dream要用___________形式。
现在完成
has risen
主谓
现在分词
Passage 3【北师大九年级Unit 8 Lesson 22，P90】
What discoveries have influenced our lives most Here’s a list. Do you have any to add
Three centuries ago, many children died very young because of different diseases. Now with antibiotics, a lot of these diseases can be cured easily. However, we need to be careful about how we use antibiotics because if we do not use them correctly, they can cause serious health problems.
Antibiotics（抗生素）
DNA is the building block of life and was discovered in 1869. Over many years, scientists have slowly learned more and more about DNA. In 1928, scientists discovered that DNA passed on certain characteristics from parents to children. In 1953, the famous structure of DNA was discovered. Now, scientists have a map of our DNA that tells them a great deal about what we get from our parents. If we learn more about DNA, we will be able to treat more diseases.
DNA
Wilhelm Roentgen, a German scientist, was the first to study and name X-rays in 1895 and in 1901, he was awarded the first-ever Nobel Prize in Physics for this discovery. X-rays go right through some things, like skin and wood, but are stopped by others, such as bones or metal. This means that they can be used to see broken bones in people or things inside suitcases. With X-ray machines doctors can treat broken bones much more easily.
If we discover more about the human body, we can help people live longer and better lives.
X-rays
【I know them】
1.discoveries n.发现
→__________（v.）发现
discover
2.influenced v._______
→___________（n.）影响力；支配力
影响
influence
3.centuries n. _______
世纪
4.diseases n._____________
疾病；灾害
5.cured v. _______
→_______（原形）
治疗
cure
6.easily adv. _________________
→_______ （adj.） 容易的;简单的
容易地；轻易地
easy
7.be careful about _____________
当心；注意
正确地；得体地
8.correctly adv._________________
严肃的; 认真的
9.serious adj. _________________
问题
10.problems n. _______
多年来
11.over many years _________
传递
12.pass on _______
特征
13.characteristics n. _______
结构
14.structure n. _______
大量；许多
15.a great deal _____________
授予；颁发
16.awarded v._____________
破碎的；坏掉的
17.broken adj._________________
→________（原形）
→________（过去式）
→_________（过去分词）
break
broke
broken
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.However, we need to be careful about how we use antibiotics because if we do
not use them correctly, they can cause serious health problems.
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
You need to learn to do housework because if you don’t learn to do that, you won’t live your life independently and easily.
2.Now, scientists have a map of our DNA that tells them a great deal about what we get from our parents.
_______________________________________________________________________________________
He is watching a TV programme that shows us what we should do during an earthquake.
二、回答问题
1.What does the writer encourage us to do
_________________________________________________________________________________
To discover more about the human body./To help people live longer and better lives.
Passage 1【2021江西阅读E】
【读前预先练】
1.physical similarities_____________
物理相似性
2.identical twins_____________
同卵双胞胎
3.personalities n._______
性格
4.intelligence n._______
智力
5.genes n._______
基因
6.be raised by_________________
由……抚养长大
7.couples n._______
夫妻
8.plenty n._______
许多
英尺；脚
10.feet n.___________
→______（单数）
foot
磅
11.pound n._____
发现做某事是困难的
12.find it hard to do sth._____________________
区分某些人
13.tell sb. apart_____________（sb.为复数）
与……结婚
14.married v._____________
婚姻
15.marriage n._______
破碎
16.break up_______
情书
17.love notes_______
妻子
18.wives n._______
→_______（单数）
wife
9.have...in common_______________________
在……方面有共同之处
得出结论
20.concluded v.___________
主要
21.mostly adv._______
与……有关系
22.be connected to_______________
而不是
23.rather than_________
训练
24.training n._______
教育
25.education n._______
研究
26.research n._______
经历
27.experiences v._______
影响
28.affect v._______
表现
29.behaves v._______
19.unlikely adj.___________
不可能的
Many scientists once believed that physical similarities between identical twins are genetic（基因的）, while their personalities, intelligence, and other differences between them are an effect of their environment. Now scientists are discovering that the boundaries（界限）between genes and environment are not so clear.
Twins Jim Springer and Jim Lewis were adopted（领养）as babies and raised by different couples. When the Jims finally met at age 39, they discovered they had plenty in common. Both were six feet tall, 180 pounds. They had the same smile and the same voice. When scientist Thomas Bouchard Jr. invited the Jim twins to his lab, people there found it very hard to tell them apart.
But the similarities didn’t stop at the physical. They’d both had dogs named Toy. They had both married women named Linda, and then their marriage broke up. They’d both been policemen, enjoyed music, and left love notes around the house for their wives. They had so much in common that it seemed unlikely these were just coincidences（巧合）.
The Jim twins were just one of 137 sets of separated twins Bouchard tested. When they compared the twins’ IQ scores, Bouchard and his team reached a surprising conclusion（结论）. They concluded that intelligence was mostly connected to genes rather than to training or education. It seemed the differences in family and environment had little effect.
However, genes can’t control everything, argues geneticist Danielle Reed, who also studies twins. Reed’s research shows that though nothing can truly change our DNA, environmental differences that a child experiences before birth and in their first year can sometimes affect the way the DNA behaves, making even identical twins into very different people. “What I like to say is that Mother Nature writes some things in pencil and some things in pen, ” she explains. “Things written in pen you can’t change. That’s DNA. But things written in pencil you can.”
( )1.How many physical similarities between the Jim twins are mentioned
A. 2. B. 3. C. 4. D. 5.
C
( )2.What did Bouchard’s study find about the twins
A. Each seemed to be as tall as their twin.
B. Each had the same hobby as their twin.
C. Each had almost the same ability as their twin.
D. Each had about the same IQ level as their twin.
D
( )3.What is Reed’s opinion about genes and environment
A. Only DNA has an effect on our development.
B. Environment could possibly change some things about us.
C. There are no boundaries between genes and environment.
D. Environmental differences can sometimes change our DNA.
B
( )4.What is the passage mainly about
A. The way the DNA behaves.
B. The similarities between the Jim twins.
C. The connection between intelligence and families.
D. The effects of genes on personality and intelligence.
D
【I can think】
选择正确答案
( )1.What does the underlined word “they” in Paragraph 2 refer to
A. Jim Springer and Jim Lewis. B. Jim and Linda.
C. Bouchard and his students. D. Reed and her students.
A
( )2.What does the last paragraph mainly talk about
A. Reed’s experience. B. Reed’s plan.
C. Reed’s hope. D. Reed’s idea.
D
( )3.Which of the following best shows the structure of the passage
B
A. B. C. D.
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.When scientist Thomas Bouchard Jr. invited the Jim twins to his lab, people there found it very hard to tell them apart.
_____________________________________________________________________
The two words sound so similar that I find it hard to tell them apart.
2.It seemed the differences in family and environment had little effect.
________________________________________________________________________________________________
It seemed Nancy had already known about the news that his father wouldn’t come back this month.
3.What I like to say is that Mother Nature writes some things in pencil and some things in pen.
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
What I like to say is that it is high time we should do something to help protect the environment.
二、回答问题
1.Which scientist’s idea do you agree with Give at least one reason.
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
I agree with Bouchard’s idea because the twin brothers of my aunt’s do have much in common. It seems strange but is really a fact.
I agree with Reed’s idea because I think different environments can have a big influence on a person’s growing up.
2.Do you think it is nice to have a twin brother or twin sister Why or why not
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
I think it is nice. I have this idea because I really want to have a person who has much in common with me.
I don’t think it is nice because I can’t stand there is a person who looks the same as me. I think it is quite strange and may cause many problems.
Passage 2【2020江西阅读C】
【读前预先练】
1.photograph v. _____________
给……拍照
2.risky adj. ___________
有风险的
3.pleasant adj. _____________
令人愉悦的
4.wildlife n. _____________
野生动植物
5.psychologist n. ___________
心理学家
6.extreme athletes _____________
极限运动员
7.take risks _______
冒险
Some people ski（滑雪） down mountains. Others climb huge rocks or photograph dangerous animals. Why do people enjoy risky activities like these
Some people take risks simply because it makes them feel good. Psychologist（心理学家） Marvin says that this kind of explorers（探险者） are always looking for change and excitement. When people do something new or risky, a chemical（化学物质） in the brain creates a pleasant feeling. They love this feeling and want to experience it as often as possible.
Other people don’t take risks for the feeling of excitement but to achieve a goal. For example, Mike Fay went on a dangerous 2,000-mile special journey in central Africa. He worked to help save the wildlife there. Fay’s expeditions helped create 13 national parks.
For other people, such as extreme athletes（极限运动员）， taking risks is part of their job. Sports psychologist Shane says extreme athletes see the world differently. In a dangerous activity, most people probably do not feel in control. Extreme athletes are different: they feel in control in dangerous situations. The danger can even help them. For example, skier Daron Rahlves says that being afraid makes him try harder to succeed.
Most of us are not extreme athletes or explorers. However, we still take risks in our lives. Some of us take social risks, such as speaking in front of a large group of people. Sometimes, we take financial risks, such as buying a house. And sometimes we take career risks, such as leaving a job or starting a business. Most people take risks in some areas of life, but not in others. What kind of risk-taker are you
( )1.What does the underlined word “it” in Paragraph 2 refer to
A. The brain. B. Something new.
C. A chemical. D. A pleasant feeling.
D
( )2.What does the underlined word “expedition” in Paragraph 3 mean
A. Much money. B. A journey with a special goal.
C. A great idea. D. A plan for a dangerous journey.
B
( )3.How many kinds of extreme athletes or explorers are mentioned in the passage
A. Three. B. Four. C. Five. D. Six.
A
( )4.Which of the following is true according to the passage
A. Mike Fay is a professional risk-taker.
B. Most people don’t take risks in their daily life.
C. Extreme athletes deal with danger better than others.
D. Daron Rahlves takes risks mainly for change and excitement.
C
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.Some people take risks simply because it makes them feel good.
_____________________________________________________________________
Some students do volunteering work because it makes them feel happy.
2.Other people don’t take risks for the feeling of excitement but to achieve a goal.
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
These kind people do the work not for money but to help those who are in trouble live a better life.
二、回答问题
1.Will you take risks such as skiing down mountains or climbing large rocks？Give at least one reason to support your idea.
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Yes，I will. I think it will make me become braver.
No，I won’t. I always believe safety comes first and I don’t want to make my family worried.
2.What risk have you ever taken？How did you feel at that time
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
I once made a speech in front of many students and teachers. I was nervous at first. But later, when I saw they were listening to my speech carefully, I became relaxed.
Passage 3【2021杭州阅读D】
【读前预先练】
1.keep a diary_________
写日记
2.predict v._______
→____________（n.）预测
预测
prediction
3.depend on_________
取决于
4.caught v. _______
→________（原形）
短语：catch one’s attention___________________
抓住
catch
吸引某人的注意力
5.control v._______
控制
必要的
8.necessary adj._________
以不同的顺序
9.in different orders_______________
和……不同
10.be different from_____________
模式；方式
11.pattern n._____________
扮演
12.act as_______
在……中发挥积极作用
13.have an active role to play in_______________________
对……负责
14.be responsible for_____________
6.state v._______
陈述
7.question v._______
询问
When do children start to talk If you ask a group of parents when this happened, most will say “around twelve months of age”. They will probably even remember what the children said. Many parents keep a diary of their child’s “first words”.
We can never predict what a first word is going to be. Often it’s the name for “mummy” or “daddy”, but it could just as easily be the word for an animal or a favorite toy. Everything depends on what has most caught the child’s attention. But one thing is certain: after the first word, others come quickly. By 18 months, most children have learned about 50 words. By two, the total has risen to around 200.
Early words are actually one-word sentences. One of the first features（特征）of language a child learns well is to control the rise and fall of the voice to make the difference between stating and questioning. In English, daddy with a high rising tone（声调）means “is that daddy ” Daddy with a high falling tone means “There’s daddy”. Of course, only very basic meanings can be communicated using tones alone. So it soon becomes necessary to learn some grammar.
In English, grammar means learning to put words in different orders. Children have to see that mummy push is different from push mummy. They start practising such changes at around 18 months. By two, they have learned the basic patterns of word order, and we hear them saying such things as man kick ball and where daddy go.
What are the parents doing all this time They’re acting as teachers and they always have an active role to play in their child’s language learning.
( )1.How old are most children when they have learned about 50 words
A. About 6 months old. B. About one year old.
C. About 18 months old. D. About two years old.
C
( )2.Which might an English child say first when learning to talk
A. Mummy. B. Push mummy. C. Man kick ball. D. Where daddy go.
A
( )3.What’s Paragraph 4 mainly about
A. Word order. B. Word tones.
C. The first words. D. Correcting words.
A
( )4.Who is most responsible for a child’s early language learning
A. Teachers. B. Parents. C. Friends. D. Grandparents.
B
【I can think】
完成思维导图
【I can express】
一、句子翻译
1.They’re acting as teachers and they always have an active role to play in their child’s language learning.
_________________________________________________________________
他们扮演着教师的角色，他们在孩子的语言学习中始终起着积极作用。
二、长难句分析
1.One of the first features（特征）of language a child learns well is to control the rise and fall of the voice to make the difference between stating and questioning.
该句为“主语（One of the first features of language a child learns well）+系动词（is）+表语（to control the rise and fall of the voice）+目的状语（______________________________________________________）”结构，主语部分包含一个省略了that的_______从句，修饰先行词___________。句意为：孩子语言学得好的首要特征之一是控制声音的起伏，以区分陈述和提问。
to make the difference between stating and questioning
定语
language
Passage 4【2021德州阅读C】
【读前预先练】
1.humans n. ___________
人；人类
2.leave behind_______
留下
3.written record___________
书面记载
4.paintings n.___________
→________（v.）画画，绘画；油漆
画作，画
paint
5.in search of _____________
寻找；搜寻
6.tools n._____________
工具；器具
7.sharp adj. _________
锋利的
8.hunt v._______
狩猎
9.replaced v. _______
→_________（原形）
replace
10.long-lasting adj. _________________
持久的；耐用的
11.farming n. _______
耕作
12.noticed v. _________
注意到
13.caused v._____________
引发；引起
14.light up _____________
照亮；点亮
15.fruits n. _______
果实
16.lead to _____________
导致；引发
17.villages n. _______
→__________（n.）村民
村庄
villager
替代
e up_______
形成
19.raise animals ___________
饲养动物
20.event n._____________
事情；事件
①We see humans all around us. But when was the first human seen Early humans did not leave behind any written records. However, they left behind many paintings on the walls of the caves（洞穴） where they lived. These paintings tell about their life, and we know these early humans walked on four limbs（四肢） like apes（猿）. Also, they did not live at one place but moved from place to place in search of food and water.
②Without any tools, early humans used stones, bones of animals, and sharp pieces of wood to dig, hunt and cut their food. They also used these to protect themselves from animals. Since stones were used to make tools, this age was called Stone Age.
③With time going, tools made of bones and stones were replaced with metal（金属的） ones which were stronger, sharper, and long-lasting. Metals were also used for farming and making knives. Copper（铜） was the first metal to be used.
④The first fire that early humans noticed was natural fire caused by lightning（闪电）. With fire, early humans could now light up dark caves. They could keep themselves warm during cold weather and cook meat. Also the fire could drive animals away.
⑤Early humans noticed new trees growing from the seeds（种子） that fell to the ground from the fruits. This gave them the idea that they could make their own food by planting seeds, which led to farming. With the beginning of farming, early humans began to settle down（定居）. They moved out of the caves and lived on farms and near their fields together, then the first villages came up.
⑥Raising animals was a big event in human history that changed the life of early humans. The wild dogs were probably the first animal to be raised. As time went, goats, sheep, cows, donkeys, and horses were kept, too. This led to herding（畜牧业）. Milk, meat and wool came from these animals.
( )1.What don’t the early humans’ paintings tell us
A. When the first human appeared. B. How they walked.
C. Where they lived. D. How they lived.
A
( )2.Why did early humans have to move around
A. To find more caves to live in. B. To protect themselves from animals.
C. To look for food and water. D. To make many kinds of tools.
C
( )3.Early humans used fire to .
①light up dark caves ②keep themselves warm ③cook meat
④ drive animals away ⑤make knives
A. ①②③④ B. ①②④⑤ C. ②③④⑤ D. ①②③⑤
A
( )4.Early humans were able to live in one place when .
A. they could walk on two feet B. they could use metals
C. they knew how to farm D. they knew how to use fire
C
( )5.Which statement is right according to the passage
A. The first tools were made of copper.
B. The first fire noticed by early humans was caused by lightning.
C. The first villages came up before the farming appeared.
D. The first animal to be raised was sheep.
B
【I can think】
选择正确答案
( )1.Which of the following best shows the structure of the passage
A. B. C. D.
C
【I can express】
一、句子翻译
1.Without any tools, early humans used stones, bones of animals, and sharp pieces of wood to dig, hunt and cut their food.
___________________________________________________________________________________
早期的人类没有任何工具，他们用石头、动物的骨头和尖锐的木头来凿洞搜寻和切割食物。
2.With time going, tools made of bones and stones were replaced with metal（金属的）ones which were stronger, sharper, and long-lasting.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
随着时间的推移，骨头和石头制造的工具被金属工具替代了，因为金属工具更结实、更锋利、耐用。
二、复述故事
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
We can learn about early humans’ development from their paintings. At first, they made stones into tools, and then replaced them with metal ones.They also learned to use fire. When they could farm, the villages came into being. Later, they began to raise animals.
三、长难句分析
However, they left behind many paintings on the walls of the caves（洞穴） where they lived.
本句是一个_________，其中________引导定语从句，修饰前面的________。
复合句
where
caves
Passage 5【2021河南阅读C改编】
【读前预先练】
1.reproduce v._______
繁殖
2.pick up _____________
捡起；拾起
3.drop v. ___________________
掉下；扔下；投下
4.farther adv. _________
更远地
5.example n. _______
例子
6.be connected with_____________
被连接起来
7.wings n. _______
翅膀
8.whole adj._________________
完整的；整个的
9.attracts v._______
吸引
Every living thing needs to reproduce. Reproducing means creating more members of your group. In order for plants to reproduce, they have to spread their seeds（种子） to other areas. Plants have developed all kinds of ways to do this.
The simplest way is gravity. Many seeds are inside of fruit. When a piece of fruit gets too heavy, it falls from a tree to the ground.Sometimes animals will pick up the fruit and drop it in another area. That helps move the seed even farther away. Apples spread this way.
Other plants use wind to spread their seeds. Dandelions are a good example of this. Dandelion seeds are so light that when wind blows，it carries dandelion seeds to new places. Maple（枫树） seeds also use wind. Their seeds are connected with long，thin leaves that look like wings. When the seed falls from the tree, its “wings” help it fly farther from the tree.
Some animals help plants spread their seeds. The animals eat the seeds. While the seed is in the animal’s body, it stays whole. When the seed leaves the animal, it’s in a new place.
Ants also help spread seeds. Some seeds have a special smell that attracts ants. The ants bring the seeds back to their home,which of course is underground. They only eat part of the seed. They leave the rest of the seed underground.After that, the seed can start growing.
( )1.What does the word “gravity” in the second paragraph mean
A. The action that makes animals drop seeds.
B. The help that moves seeds even farther away.
C. The need that comes from animals and plants.
D. The force that causes fruit to fall to the ground.
D
( )2.What do ants do to help spread seeds
①They only eat part of the seed.
②They help seeds fall from the tree.
③They carry seeds to the underground home.
④They pick up the fruit and move it far away.
⑤They leave the rest of the seed underground.
A. ②④⑤ B. ①②④ C. ①③⑤ D. ②③④
C
( )3.What is the theme（主题）of the passage
A. Nature. B. Culture. C. Education. D. Technology.
A
( )4.What’s the best title for the passage
A. How Plants Spread Seeds B. Why Animals Pick Up Seeds
C. How Wind Helps Seeds Spread D. Why Seeds Have a Special Trip
A
【I can express】
一、句子翻译
1.In order for plants to reproduce, they have to spread their seeds（种子） to other areas.
_______________________________________________________
植物为了繁殖，它们不得不把自己的种子传播到其他地方。
2.Their seeds are connected with long, thin leaves that look like wings.
___________________________________________________________
他们的种子连着长长的，窄窄的叶子，看上去就像它们的翅膀。
二、回答问题
Do you know any other plant Please describe it with several sentences.
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Yes. I know morning glories（牵牛花） well because my grandma plants a lot of them. They are colorful. You can see pink, purple, white and light purple morning glories in my garden. The flowers are like small trumpets.
三、长难句分析
1.Dandelion seeds are so light that when wind blows, it carries dandelion seeds to new places.
本句是一个含有结果状语从句的复合句。其中_______引导状语从句，状语从句中还包含了一个时间状语从句，由________引导。本句意为：_____________________________________________________________
that
when
蒲公英的种子很轻，所以风吹来时，它们就被风带到了新的地方。
2.The ants bring the seeds back to their home, which of course is underground.
本句是一个含有非限定性定语从句的复合句，which引导的从句修饰先行词________。本句意为：_______________________________________________。
home
蚂蚁把种子带回它们的家，当然它们的家在地底下
Passage 6
【读前预先练】
1.influenced v. _______________
（产生）影响
2.danger n. _____________
危险；险境
3.signals n. _______
信号
4.railway n. _______
铁路
5.imagine v. _____________
→_____________（n.）想象力
想象; 设想
imagination
6.mistook v. _______
→__________（原形）
误解
mistake
7.unexpected adj. _________________________
出乎意料的；意想不到的
8.lit v. _____________
→_______（原形）
light
9.zones n. _____________
地区；地带
10.impatiently adj.___________
不耐烦地
11.get mad_______
生气
照亮；点亮
The idea that red means stop and green means go has influenced our lives in more ways than just traffic signals（信号）. We have been taught from a young age that the color red means danger and green means it’s okay to move forward. But why were those colors chosen for traffic lights in the first place For something we have to look at every day, why couldn’t they have been prettier colors
Well, it’s important to know that before traffic lights for cars, there were traffic signals for trains. At first, railway companies used red to mean stop, white to mean go, and green to mean warn. As you could imagine, trains ran into a few problems with white meaning go. For example, one train mistook a bright star for a white light and something unexpected happened. Because of that, railway companies finally used green to mean go and used yellow to mean warn. And it’s been that way ever since.
Red has always been a color that mean danger, long before cars were even around. This most likely started because it’s the color with the longest wavelength（波长） so it can be seen somewhere farther than other colors.
But, believe it or not, yellow was once used to mean stop. Back in the 1900s, some stop signs were yellow because it was too hard to see a red sign in a poorly lit area. Finally, highly reflective materials（高反射材料） were developed and red stop signs were born. Since yellow can be seen well at all times of the day, school zones, some traffic signs, and school buses continue to be printed yellow.
So next time you are impatiently waiting at a traffic light, don’t get so mad at them; they’ve certainly come a long way.
( )1.What were traffic signals for before traffic lights for cars
A. Trains. B. Boats. C. Planes. D. Bicycles.
A
( )2.Which of the following colors meant go at first
A. Red. B. Yellow. C. White. D. Green.
C
( )3.Why are school buses painted yellow
A. Because yellow is a prettier color.
B. Because yellow once meant danger.
C. Because yellow can be seen well in daytime.
D. Because yellow means it’s OK to go forward.
C
( )4.What does the passage mainly tell us
A. How important traffic lights are.
B. Which color has the longest wavelength.
C. What red, yellow and green can be used for.
D. Why traffic lights are red, yellow and green.
D
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.But, believe it or not, yellow was once used to mean stop.
_____________________________________________
Computers are used to do a lot of work now.
2.So next time you are impatiently waiting at a traffic light, don’t get so mad at them, they’ve certainly come a long way.
_______________________________________________________________
Don’t get so mad at the impolite actions. Just be polite yourself.
二、概述文章主要内容
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The traffic signals were only for trains in the beginning. At that time, they were red, white and green. Red meant stop, white meant go, and green meant warn. Because one train mistook a bright star as the white signal, the traffic signals turned into red, green and yellow.
Passage 7
【读前预先练】
1.fall asleep_______
入睡
2.look around___________
向四周看
3.hallway_____________
走廊；过道
4.look straight up_______________
直直地向上看
5.appeared v. _______
→appearance（n.）_____________
出现
出席；露面
6.explained v. _____________
解释；说明
7.physically adv. _____________
尤其；特别
8.period n. _______
阶段
9.simply adv. _______________
简单地；仅仅
10.awake adj. _________
→wake（v.）_____________
醒着的
醒来；弄醒
11.as long as_______
只要
12.call for_______
召唤
Cait, 11, was trying to fall asleep when her 8-year-old brother, Doug, came into her room. He looked around, but seemed really out of it. Then Doug went back into the hallway and stood there looking straight up at the light. This was really strange. Cait didn’t know what to do. Just then, Cait’s father appeared and explained Doug was sleepwalking.
Not all sleep is the same every night. We experience some deep, quiet sleep and some active sleep, which is when dreams happen. You might think sleepwalking would happen during active sleep, but a person isn’t physically active during active sleep. It usually happens in the first few hours of sleep in the period called deep sleep.
The truth is that not all sleepwalkers walk. Some, simply sit up or stand in bed or act like they’re awake when, in fact, they’re asleep! Most, however, do get up and walk around for a few seconds or for as long as half an hour.
Sleepwalkers’ eyes are open, but they don’t see the same way they do when they’re awake. They tend（倾向于） to go back to bed on their own and won’t remember it in the morning.
You also might have heard that sleepwalkers can get frightened（受惊的） if you wake them up. That’s true, so what do you do if you see someone sleepwalking You should call for a grown-up who can lead the person back to bed. And once the sleepwalker is tucked（掖好被子） back in bed, it’s time for you to get some sleep, too!
( )1.When does sleepwalking usually happen
A. During active sleep. B. In the first few hours of sleep.
C. When dreams begin. D. When we’re trying to fall asleep.
B
( )2.Which paragraphs tell what sleepwalkers do
A. ①② B. ②③ C. ③④ D. ④⑤
C
( )3.What should we do if we see people sleepwalking
A. Wake them up. B. Walk around with them.
C. Do nothing and get your own sleep. D. Ask grown-ups to lead them to bed.
D
( )4.Who is the passage written for
A. Teachers. B. Doctors. C. Parents. D. Children.
D
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.Cait, 11, was trying to fall asleep when her 8-year-old brother, Doug, came into her room.
____________________________________________________________
Some people fall asleep as soon as they lie down on the bed.
2.Most, however, do get up and walk around for a few seconds or for as long as half an hour.
____________________________________________________
I sometimes play the piano for as long as two hours.
二、回答问题
1.Have you ever seen sleepwalkers If you see them, what will you do
____________________________________________________________________________________
Yes. I won’twake him or her up. I will ask my parents to lead him or her to the bed.
Passage 8【2021深圳还原短文型阅读改编】
【读前预先练】
1.certainly adv._____________
无疑；确定
2.impressive adj._________________
给人深刻印象的
3.pretend v._______
假装
4.avoid v._______
避免
5.look down into_________
低头看
6.distance n._______
远处
7.look out of_______________
从……朝外看
8.option n._______
选择
9.quietness n._______
→_______（adj.）安静的
quiet
10.leave room for_________________
为……留出空间
11.imagination n._______________
→__________（v.）想象
想象；想象力
imagine
12.as well_____
也
13.pose v.___________
摆好姿势
14.a variety of_______
种种
15.tricks n._______
技巧
16.hesitate v._______
犹豫
17.increase v._______
增加
安静
If you have planned a trip during the summer holiday,certainly you will want to share some photos on WeChat. 1._____ Don’t worry! Here are some tips you can follow to take wonderful photos.
Turn back and smile.
While on the road, the moment you turn back with a smile is the most impressive. Just walk away from the camera and do a turn-back for the most natural effect. You can also pretend to hear your name called, turn back, and run your fingers through long hair. 2._____
D
C
Look away from the camera.
There are many ways for you to avoid looking at the camera. 3._____the distance or looking out of the window is a good option. If there is nothing to see, you can also choose to close your eyes and enjoy this moment of quietness.
4.______
Are you a little shy when facing the camera Taking a back view photo is a good choice, which can leave room for imagination and bring a different feeling as well.
Take a seat.
5.______ in a variety of positions with your arms and legs.
Taking the perfect photo takes time and practice. If you follow these simple tricks above, your photos will start coming out beautifully! Do not hesitate to go out with your friends and take more photos.
F
A
B
A. Take a back view photo.
B. Not every photo needs to have you stand.
C. This is a fantastic way to increase your beauty.
D. But what if the photos are not as pretty as you expected
E. But how do you choose and share your photographs properly
F. For example, you can look into the sky and let the camera catch your side face.
G. If you are able to make the photos you have taken look wonderful, you’ll have a bigger chance to be popular.
【I can think】
选择正确答案
( )1.What’s the structure of the passage
A. B. C. D.
D
【I can express】
一、句子翻译
1.While on the road, the moment you turn back with a smile is the most impressive.
___________________________________________________
在路上，你微笑着回头的那一刻是最令人印象深刻的。
2.Taking the perfect photo takes time and practice.
___________________________________
拍一张完美的照片需要时间和练习。
3.Do not hesitate to go out with your friends and take more photos.
____________________________________________
不要犹豫和你的朋友出去,并且多拍些照片吧。
二、句子仿写
1.Here are some tips you can follow to take wonderful photos.
_______________________________________________________________
Here are some suggestions you can take to get more information.
2.Do not hesitate to go out with your friends and take more photos.
_______________________________________________________
Do not forget to take your camera and enjoy yourselves.
三、回答问题
1.What does the passage mainly talk about
____________________________________
Some tips to take wonderful photos.
2.Do you love taking photos？Why or why not？
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Yes, I do. I love taking photos because I think it can help me record my life better. What’s more, looking through the photos always makes me feel happy.
No, I don’t. The reason why I don’t like taking photos is that I am not good at it. Every time I take a photo, I feel disappointed.(共89张PPT)
专题13 科技与创新（2篇+6篇）
话题角度：发明与科技
（完形填空B：2018；选择型阅读理解：2021D，2019D，2017C；还原型阅读理解：2017-2016）
【教材语篇链接】
单元 单元
八年级（上）Unit 7 未来的生活 九年级（全）Unit 6 发明
九年级（全）Unit 5 中国制造的事物
教材优质语篇读写练
课外语篇拓展练
Passage 1 【人教八年级（上）Unit 7 Section B 2b,P53】
When we watch movies about the future, we sometimes see robots. They are usually like human servants. They help with the housework and do jobs like working in dirty or dangerous places.
Today there are already robots working in factories. Some can help to build cars, and they do simple jobs over and over again. Fewer people will do such jobs in the future because they are boring, but robots will never get bored.
Scientists are now trying to make robots look like humans and do the same things as we do. Some robots in Japan can walk and dance. They are fun to watch. However, some scientists believe that although we can make robots move like people, it will be difficult to make them really think like a human. For example, scientists James White thinks that robots will never be able to wake up and know where they are. But many scientists disagree with Mr. White. They think that robots will even be able to talk like humans in 25 to 50 years.
Some scientists believe that there will be more robots in the future. However, they agree it may take hundreds of years. These new robots will have many different shapes. Some will look like humans, and others might look like animals. In India, for example, scientists make robots that look like snakes. If buildings fall down with people inside, these snake robots can help look for people under the buildings. This was not possible 20 years ago, but computers and rockets also seemed impossible 100 years ago. We never know what will happen in the future!
【I know them】
1.help with _________________
在……方面帮助
2.dangerous adj._________
→danger（n.）_______
短语：________________________处于（极大）危险之中
危险的
危险
be in （great） danger
3.over and over again _______________
多次；反复地
4.scientists n. _________
→_________ （n.）科学
→___________（adj.）科学的
科学家
science
scientific
5.the same... as...___________________
和……一样的……
6.disagree with _________
不同意
倒塌
8.fall v._______
→______（过去式）
→________（过去分词）
fell
fallen
可能的
9.possible adj. _________
→____________（反义词）不可能的
短语：___________________________尽可能快地
impossible
as soon/quickly as possible
7.hundreds of_______________________
数以百计的；许许多多
【I can think】
选择正确答案
( )1.How many functions of robots are mentioned in the first three paragraphs
A. 3. B. 4. C. 5. D. 6.
B
( )2.What can we know from the passage
A. Robots cannot work in dirty places.
B. All of the scientists believe robots will have their own mind.
C. With the development of the technology, robots can do more and more work.
D. In the future, there will be more robots and less human beings.
C
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.They are usually like human servants.
_________________________________________________
Creative minds are usually like lights in the dark.
2.It will be difficult to make them really think like a human.
__________________________________________
It is important to use technology properly.
二、回答问题
1.What does the passage mainly talk about
___________________________________________________________________________________________
The passage mainly introduces several kinds of robots and talks about something about robots.
2.What do you think is the writer’s attitude（态度） towards the future robots
______________________
Positive （attitude）.
3.What kind of robots do you want to have What does it look like in your mind
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
I want a robot that can teach me to work out difficult problems when I do my homework./I want a robot that can protect me when I am in danger. I hope it looks like a lovely cat/cool boy.
Passage 2 【沪教八年级（下）Unit 8,P115】
The Hotel Whale
The Hotel Whale is built under the water. It is in the shape of a whale.
This hotel has 50 bedrooms, a cafe and a shopping centre.
Mrs Peng:“When we were staying at the hotel recently, my children watched the fish outside their bedroom window. They were never bored!”
Forever Green Houses
These houses are both “green” and “smart”. There is glass outside the houses. Heat is held under the glass and is then used as energy for each house. In the bathroom, your medicine cupboard is connected to your doctor’s computer. In the kitchen, your smart fridge tells the supermarket’s computer when you need more food.
Mr Yu:“When we were living in our old house, we used more energy. I would certainly recommend Forever Green Houses to my friends. They will satisfy everyone.”
The CJ3 is a new type of hydrogen car. The hydrogen in the car is mixed with oxygen from the air to make electricity for the car. The CJ3 has an electronic map and is driven by a computer. You tell the computer where you want to go. Then you sit back and relax as the car takes you there.
Mr Hu:“While I drived my old car, I was polluting the city. Now with the new technology in my CJ3, I’m helping protect the environment.”
The CJ3
【I know them】
1.in the shape of_______________
呈……的形状
2.staying v. _______________
待在（某地）
3.smart adj. _________
智能的
4.held v._______
→_______（原形）
储存
hold
5.be used as_________
被用作
6.energy n._______
能量
7.medicine cupboard_______
药柜
8.connected v._____________
→____________（n.）连接
（使）连接
connection
9.a type of_____________
一种类型的
10.be mixed with..._____________
与……混合
11.oxygen n. ___________
氧；氧气
12.electricity n._______
电力
13.polluting v. _______
→___________（n.）污染
污染
pollution
14.protect v. _______
保护
【I can think】
选择正确答案
( )1.What can people do in the Hotel Whale according to the passage
A. Drink coffee, sleep and go shopping.
B. Drink coffee, go hiking and buy a car.
C. Eat, drive and go shopping.
D. Watch movies, go shopping and drive a car.
A
( )2.What are the advantages of the CJ3？
A. Green and safe. B. Safe and beautiful.
C. Smart and green. D. Smart and safe.
C
【I can express】
句子仿写
1.It is in the shape of a whale.
_________________________________________________
The cooking machine is in the shape of a human.
2.In the bathroom, your medicine cupboard is connected to your doctor’s computer.
_______________________________________________________________________________________
People can use any computer which is connected to the Internet to search for information.
3.Heat is held under the glass and is then used as energy for each house.
___________________________________________________
The heat from the sun is used as a kind of energy.
Passage 1【2021江西阅读D】
【读前预先练】
1.invented v._______
→___________（n.）发明
→__________（n.）发明者
发明
invention
inventor
2.amazing adj._____________
令人惊叹的
3.more than_______
超过
4.life-size model elephant_____________________
实物大小的大象模型
5.alive adj._________
活着的
6.model bird_________
鸟模型
7.dragons n._____
龙
工程师
8.engineer n._________
可能
9.probably adv._______
历史学家
10.historians n.___________
工程学
11.engineering n._________
洗手机
12.hand-washing machine_________
绘画
13.drawings n._______
日常用品
14.everyday things___________
现代机器人
15.modern-day robot_____________
碗
16.bowl n._____
在……里面
17.inside prep._________
绳索
18.rope n._______
人形
19.human figure_______
引起某物做某事
20.cause sth. to do sth._________________
移动；运动
21.movement n._____________
凤凰
22.phoenix n._______
猎鹰
23.falcon n._______
尾巴
24.tail n._______
花瓶
25.vase n._______
循环
26.cycle n._______
Eight hundred years ago, a man in southern Turkey invented an amazing clock. It was more than 7 meters high. At its base（基座）was a life-size model elephant. Every half hour, something amazing happened. The whole clock came alive: Model birds, dragons, and people started to move.
The clock’s inventor was an engineer named al-Jazari. He lived in Turkey. Al-Jazari was probably one of the greatest engineers in history. Some historians call him “the father of modern-day engineering”.
We know about al-Jazari mostly from a book that he wrote. They include clocks and hand-washing machines. The book also has drawings that show how each machine works.
Many everyday things today—from toys to car engines（发动机）—still use al-Jazari’s ideas. Without his machines with moving parts, we might not have modern-day robots.
Today, it is still possible to see what al-Jazari’s elephant clock looked like. A full-size working model is in Dubai’s Ibn Battuta Mall. There, every half hour, al-Jazari’s most amazing invention comes to life once again.
Every half hour, the water bowl becomes full and sinks completely. This causes a ball to fall from the top of the clock. The movement of the ball causes a phoenix to move and make a sound.
The ball then drops out of a falcon’s mouth into the mouth of a Chinese dragon. The weight of the ball causes the dragon’s head to move down, and the dragon’s tail pulls the water bowl back up.
How Does the Elephant Clock Work
A bowl with a small hole floats（浮）in a water tank（水箱）inside the elephant’s body. As the bowl slowly sinks（下沉）, it pulls a rope that moves a human figure. His moving pen shows the number of minutes past the hour.
( )1.Why is al-Jazari called “the father of modern-day engineering”
A. His ideas are still widely used in machines.
B. The elephant clock is an amazing invention.
C. His inventions include some parts of modern robots.
D. His book about machines is still popular with readers.
A
Finally, the ball drops out of the dragon’s mouth and into a vase. As the ball lands in the vase, the elephant driver moves and makes a sound. The cycle begins again until there are no more balls in the top of the clock.
( )2.Choose the best sentence to fill in the blank “ ” in Paragraph 3.
A. He became famous when he was a young man.
B. He invented a lot of everyday machines in history.
C. It describes a number of machines of all shapes and sizes.
D. People in Turkey enjoy reading his books in their free time.
C
( )3.What does the underlined word “This” in Paragraph 7 refer to
A. The pen moves. B. The ball drops.
C. The bowl sinks completely. D. The bowl pulls the rope.
C
( )4.How does the elephant clock work Put the steps in the correct order.
a. The ball drops into the vase.
b. The ball drops into the dragon’s mouth.
c. The elephant driver moves and makes a sound.
d. After 30 minutes, a ball starts to fall from the top.
e. The bowl moves down in the water and pulls on ropes.
A. b-d-a-c-e B. e-d-b-a-c C. a-e-b-d-c D. c-a-d-e-b
B
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.It was more than 7 meters high.
_________________________________________
My brother is more than 1.8 meters tall.
2.The book also has drawings that show how each machine works.
_______________________________________________________
The shop has all the nice things that you want to have.
3.Without his machines with moving parts, we might not have modern-day robots.
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
Without my teacher’s encouragement, I might not have the chance to stand here and give you a speech.
5.This causes a ball to fall from the top of the clock.
_____________________________________________________________________
________
The failure in the contest causes him to lose the chance to study in that school.
4.As the bowl slowly sinks（下沉）, it pulls a rope that moves a human figure.
_____________________________________________________________________
As time passes by, we grow up and know how to care for our parents.
二、回答问题
1.How do you like the clock invented by al-Jazari？Why do you have such a feeling？
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
I think it is really a wonderful invention. The reason why I think it is wonderful is that the inventor used many things to create a magical effect and it is still in use today.
2.Do you want to be a inventor in the future Why or why not
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Yes, I do. I want to be an inventor because I think inventors have the ability to make people’s life better and better.
No, I don’t. The reason is that I think an inventor should be very creative, but I am not a creative boy/girl. I think it is a better idea to do something I am good at in the future.
Passage 2 【2021郴州阅读C改编】
【读前预先练】
1.normally adv. ___________________
→_________（adj.）通常的；平常的
通常，正常情况下
normal
2.voice control___________
语音控制
3.spaceships n. ___________
宇宙飞船
4.reply to_____________
回答；答复
5.set alarms ___________
设定闹钟
6.convenient adj. _________________
→_____________ （n.） 便利；便捷
便利的；方便的
convenience
7.pick up ___________________
拿起；接送；捡起
8.type away _____________
不停地打字
当时
9.at the moment _______
软件
10.software n. _______
有帮助的
11.helpful adj. ___________
→__________（反义词）无助的
helpless
口语的
12.spoken adj. _________
→________（原形）
→________（过去式）
→_________（过去分词）
speak
spoke
spoken
把某物转换成……
13.turn sth. into... ___________________
翻译
14.translate v. _______→____________（n.）翻译；译文
搭配：_________________把……翻译成……
translation
translate...into...
Computers, smartphones, and other machines are the perfect servants. They always do what they are “told”. We usually “tell” them to do things by using a mouse or keyboard. But what if we could just talk to them normally and tell them what to do
This type of technology, known as voice control or voice recognition（识别）, has been shown in films and TV shows since the 1960s. The TV show Star Trek showed some spaceships which could reply to human voice commands（命令）. The film 2001: A Space Odyssey showed a computer that human astronauts could talk to. It was mainly used to play chess and repair the astronauts’ spaceship.
On the other hand, real-world voice recognition is used for more everyday tasks. For example, Apple and Amazon made two pieces of voice recognition software（软件）. They can be asked to do many things, such as setting alarms, playing music and so on.
One of the nice things about voice recognition is that it can be used when we’re on the go. When you’re driving a car or walking down the street, it’s not convenient or even dangerous to pick up your smartphone and type away on the keyboard. Voice recognition allows you to focus on whatever you’re doing at the moment while still doing other tasks.
Speech recognition software is also helpful to deaf people. It can be used to “listen” to spoken words and turn them into text that deaf people can read. Some speech recognition software can even hear words spoken in one language and then translate them into another language.
( )1.According to Paragraph 1, how do we usually control machines in daily life
A. By using body language. B. By talking to them.
C. By using a mouse or keyboard. D. By connecting them to the electricity.
C
( )2.When was voice recognition first shown in films and TV shows
A. In the 1980s. B. In the 1970s. C. In the 1960s. D. In the 1950s.
C
( )3.How does voice recognition help to keep you safe while driving a car
A. It helps you to focus on what you are doing.
B. It allows you to type on the keyboard more conveniently.
C. It can control your car for a short while.
D. It can help you to receive phone calls safely.
A
( )4.In the last paragraph, what can we infer about the speech recognition software
A. It can hear words spoken in English and then translate them into Chinese.
B. It can turn text into spoken words for the blind.
C. It can help you do anything that you want to do.
D. It can help imitate others’ voices.
A
( )5.Where do you probably read the passage
A. In a movie ad. B. In a science magazine.
C. In a sports magazine. D. In a travel magazine.
B
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.This type of technology, known as voice control or voice recognition（识别）, has been shown in films and TV shows since the 1960s.
______________________________________________________________________
______________
This novel writer, known as the black horse, has written three best-selling books so far.
2.It’s not convenient or even dangerous to pick up your smartphone and type away on the keyboard.
_______________________________________________________
It’s wonderful to have a family trip during the holidays.
二、回答问题
1.What do you think is the disadvantage of voice recognition
________________________________________________________________
__________________
It will make people become bad at handwriting./It may cause some unnecessary noise.
2.What else do you think voice recognition can be used for
____________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
I think the voice recognition can be used for setting a voice lock on the phone./I think the voice recognition can be used for paying bills.
三、长难句分析
1.One of the nice things about voice recognition is that it can be used when we’re on the go.
该句是一个“主+系+表”结构的句子，其主语为_____________________________________________，系动词为is，表语为由 _______ 引导的表语从句it can be used when we’re on the go。本句意为：_______________________________________________
One of the nice things about voice recognition
that
语音识别的一个好处是它可以在我们忙碌时使用。
Passage 3
【读前预先练】
1.spend time doing sth. _________________
花费时间做某事
2.be required to do sth._______________
被要求做某事
3.__________________ 负担得起做某事
afford to do sth.
4.industrialized v._________
→__________ （n.）工业
工业化
industry
5._________________ 看起来好像……
It seems that...
6.no longer_______
不再
7.be likely to do sth._______________
有可能做某事
8.decide on_________________
就……做出决定
9.___________ 与……相关
relate to
在于；位于
10.lie in_____________
导致
11.lead to_______
错误的；不正确的
12.mistaken adj.___________________
→__________ （v.）误会；误解 （n.）错误
mistake
储存；保存
13.stored v._____________
依赖，依靠
14.depend upon_____________
例如
15.such as_______
at risk of
16.____________ 冒着……的风险
只要
17.as long as_______
毫无疑问地
18.unquestionably adv._____________
How Much Can We Afford to Forget
In 2018, Science magazine asked some young scientists what schools should teach students. Most said students should spend less time memorizing facts and have more space for creative activities. As the Internet grows more powerful, students can access（获得） knowledge easily. Why should they be required to carry so much of it around in their heads
Civilizations（文明） develop through forgetting life skills that were oncenecessary. In the Agricultural（农业的） Age, a farmer could afford to forget hunting skills. When societies industrialized, the knowledge of farming could be safe to forget. Nowadays, smart machines give us access to most human knowledge. It seems that we no longer need to remember most things. Does it matter
Researchers have recognized several problems that may happen. For one, human beings have biases（偏见）， and smart machines are likely to increase our biases. Many people believe smart machines are necessarily correct and objective, but machines are trained through a repeated testing and scoring process. In the process, human beings still decide on the correct answers.
Another problem relates to the ease of accessing information. When there were no computers, efforts were required to gain knowledge from other people, or go to the library. We know what knowledge lies in other brains or books, and what lies in our heads. But today, the Internet gives us the information we need quickly. This can lead to the mistaken belief—the knowledge we found was part of what we knew all along.
In a new civilization rich in machine intelligence, we have easy access to smart memory networks where information is stored. But dependency on a network suggests possibilities of being harmed easily. The collapse of any of the networks of relations our well-being（健康） depends upon, such as food and energy, would produce terrible results. Without food, we will get hungry; without energy, we will feel cold. And it is through widespread loss of memory that civilizations are at risk of falling into a dark age.
We forget old ways to free up time and space for new skills. As long as the older forms of knowledge are stored somewhere in our networks, and can be found when we need them, perhaps they’re not really forgotten. Still, as time goes on, we gradually but unquestionably become strangers to future people.
( )1.Why are smart machines likely to increase our biases
A. Because they go off course in testing and scoring.
B. Because we control the training process on them.
C. Because we offer them too much information.
D. Because they overuse the provided answers.
B
( )2.The ease of accessing information from the Internet .
A. frees us from making efforts to learn new skills
B. prevents civilizations from being lost at a high speed
C. misleads us into thinking we have already known the knowledge
D. separates the facts we have from those in the smart machines
C
( )3.What does the underlined word “collapse” in Paragraph 5 mean
A. A sudden failure. B. The basic rule.
C. A disappointing start. D. The gradual development.
A
( )4.What is the writer’s main purpose in writing this passage
A. To question about the standards of information storage.
B. To discuss our problems of communication with machines.
C. To stress the importance of improving our memorizing ability.
D. To remind us of the risk of depending on machines to remember.
D
【I can think】
完成导图
【I can express】
一、句子翻译
1.Most said students should spend less time memorizing facts and have more space for creative activities.
_________________________________________________________________________
大多数人说，学生应该少花时间记忆事实，应该有更多空间进行创造性的活动。
2.We know what knowledge lies in other brains or books, and what lies in
our heads.
_________________________________________________________________________
我们知道其他人的大脑或书籍中有什么知识，也知道我们的头脑里有什么知识。
二、句子仿写
1.It seems that we no longer need to remember most things.
_____________________________________
It seems that Eric likes his new job.
2.Without food, we will get hungry.
____________________________________
Without friends，we will get lonely.
三、回答问题
1.What does the underlined word “it” in Paragraph 1 refer to
_____________
Knowledge.
2.Do you think we need to remember most things Why or why not
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Yes, I do. Because it’s the most convenient and safest way to store knowledge. We can use it whenever and wherever we need without any tools.
Passage 4
【读前预先练】
1.when it comes to _____________
当提到……
2.health care___________
卫生保健
3.____________ 以……开始
start with
4._____________ 除此之外
in addition
5.___________ 考虑到
allow for
6.interaction n._______
→__________ （v.）交流；沟通；合作
互动
interact
7._______________ 医疗队
medical team
8.on the other side of_________________
在……的另一面
9._____________ 总体上；总的来说
as a whole
低估；轻视
10.undervalued v._____________
→_____________（原形）
→________ （v.）重视；给……估价
undervalue
value
be difficult to do sth.
11._______________________ 很难做某事
各种各样的
12.all kinds of_____________
work on
13.___________ 致力于
listen to
14.__________ 听；倾听
depend on
15._____________ 依赖
Today we can do everything with apps: pay bills, order food and shop for anything. Mobile technology means we can hold the world in our hands. However, when it comes to technology and health care, opportunities and challenges come together.
Let’s start with the ways to get health care. Telemedicine can allow a patient to use technology to see the doctor online and get a diagnosis（诊断） and instructions without leaving home.
In addition, there are many patient websites. These allow for different kinds of interactions about our health needs without involving the medical team. Setting a date with doctors and reading lab results are readily achieved by technology.
A whole new age of medical care seems likely（可能的） to come in thefuture. But every coin has two sides. What might be on the other side of techno-health care
Firstly, we should think about the health care experience as a whole. A usualvisit to a doctor begins with a receptionist（接待员）, who can see and tell how a patient is doing. This may influence the treatment effect. It’s unlikely that apatient website will have such intuition.
Next, sharing the details of one’s life requires trust, which takes time to build. This is certainly true in health care, where some of life’s best and worst moments involve doctors. The human touch should not be undervalued and is unlikely to be there over the smartphone.
Lastly, test results can be difficult to understand. When someone without a medical degree sees a flagged result with no explanation on the website, there’s room for all kinds of stories to form in their minds—and also great worry.
So how does medicine adapt（适应） to the new technology age Very talented companies are working on it. There is medical equipment（设备） that can be used at home to send necessary signs and heart sounds through telemedicine. It seems likely that some companies will find a way to explain test results.
But what it will not achieve is the warmth of human interaction and touch. Patients often need someone to listen to—and care about—their journey story, which will never be realized through a human-less technology. Technology should be a tool, but depending on it totally will most certainly have unexpected effects. Let’s not allow our humanity to be one of them!
( )1.According to the passage, how does technology help with health care
A. It encourages doctors to voice their needs on the websites.
B. It offers the patient a convenient way to get a diagnosis.
C. It improves relations between doctors and patients.
D. It provides an opportunity to build a medical team.
B
( )2.What does the underlined word “intuition” in Paragraph 5 mean
A. An ability to understand. B. An interesting experience.
C. A chance to win. D. A fair decision.
A
( )3.What do you know about techno-health care from the passage
A. Patient websites require trust from doctors.
B. Talented companies can give medical advice.
C. Flagged results may cause worry for patients.
D. Medical equipment collects patients’ stories.
C
( )4.Which of the following statements will the writer probably agree with
A. Technology can deal with unexpected effects.
B. Telemedicine can take the place of usual health care.
C. It is difficult for patients to adapt to the new technology age.
D. Techno-health care should take humanity into consideration.
D
【I can think】
完成思维导图
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.However, when it comes to technology and health care, opportunities and challenges come together.
________________________________________________________________________
When it comes to online shopping, different people have different opinions.
2.Next, sharing the details of one’s life requires trust,which takes time to build.
______________________________________________________________________
________________________________
Our government made some rules on avoiding school bullying, which will improve the school safety greatly.
二、回答问题
1.What does the passage mainly talk about？
___________________________________
It mainly talks about telemedicine.
2.According to the passage, how does the writer feel about telemedicine How do you know it
________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________
Doubtful. He thinks telemedicine still has a long way to go./The writer lists three challenges about it but lists two advantages.
Passage 5 【2021上饶模拟】
【读前预先练】
1.big data _________
大数据
2.bring about _______
带来
3.QR codes _________
二维码
4.based on _______________
以……为基础
5.venturing v. ______________________________
敢于去危险/未知的地方；冒险
6.by accident _________
意外地
7.criminals n. _______
罪犯
8.individual adj. _________
私人的
9.affect v. _______
影响
10.a threat to _____________
……的威胁
尤其
11.especially adv. _______
双刃剑
12.double-edged sword _________
方便的
13.convenient adj. _________
因此
14.therefore adv. _______
误用
15.misuse v. _______
合作
16.cooperation n. _______
组织
17.organizations n. _______
Big data have brought about deep changes in the way people live and work.For example，the health QR codes in green，yellow and red—based on a mobile phone user’s physical movements which decide whether he or she causes a contagion （传染病）risk—are the result of big data.
Some navigation maps （轨迹图）on mobile phones already show the level of risk a community faces based on its size and the number of infections （感染），importantly reducing the chances of people venturing near such communities by accident and risking infections.
Yet an increasing number of people are worried that big data would enable criminals to misuse （盗用）their personal information.As information and communication technology develops in China，people have little individual secrets and big data could affect a threat to their life，especially if criminals use the information to their advantage.Recently，many people in Beijing were shocked to receive phone calls or messages telling them of their recent travel to high-risk areas，even though many of them just passed by such an area in a car.
In other words，developed technology is a double-edged sword—it can make life more convenient but also create more risks. It is therefore important to tell between the use of big data for public good and its misuse to crimes.And to tell whether your information is used by government or misused by criminals，proper cooperation among governments，organizations，online companies and the public is necessary.
( )1.Why were many people in Beijing shocked to receive phone calls or messages from the passage？
A. Because they became infected.
B. Because they never traveled to high-risk areas.
C. Because the criminals misused their information.
D. Because they thought that big data let out their information.
D
( )2.What are probably the result of the big data according to the passage？
A. The best singers. B. Criminals.
C. Some navigation maps. D. Some phone calls or messages.
B
( )3.What is the main idea of the fourth paragraph？
A. People are worried.
B. Cooperation is necessary.
C. Big data could be a threat.
D. People have deep changes in life and work.
C
( )4.What’s the best title for the passage？
A. Big Data Creates More Risks
B. People Should Stop Using Phones
C. Big Data Makes Life More Convenient
D. Big Data Makes Life Easier But Also Causes Risks
D
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.As information and communication technology develops in China，people have little individual secrets and big data could affect a threat to their life，especially if criminals use the information to their advantage.
________________________________________________________________________________
As times goes by，the relationship between Jenny and me becomes better and better.
2.In other words，developed technology is a double-edged sword—it can make life more convenient but also create more risks.
________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________
In my opinion, developing this hobby is a double-edged sword—it can make you happy but also take up too much of your time.
二、回答问题
1.What do you think of big data
__________________________
I think it is quite useful.
2.What should people do to keep their personal information safe
______________________________________________________________________
Before giving others our personal information, we should think carefully.
Passage 6
【读前预先练】
1.fantasy comedy movie_______________
奇幻喜剧电影
2.extremely adv. _______
极其
3.fictional adj. _________
虚构的
4.fate n. _______
命运
5.predicted v. _______
预测
6.indeed adv. _________
事实上
7.carry out _______
完成
8.decreased v. _______
减少
9.treatments n. _______
治疗
In a Belgian fantasy comedy movie released（发行）in 2015, God’s daughter sent the date of human death to their mobile phones. When people know the rest of their lives, some people are happy, some people are panic（慌张的）, some people are angry, and some people are extremely calm.
1. _____
Although the film is fictional and no one’s fate can be predicted in reality, scientists have announced that they can indeed predict the life of some elderly people. 2. _____ It is based on big data, which can predict the death probability（概率）within 6 months.
E
D
An online calculator（计算器）that can help predict when older adults will die has been developed. The equipment is named as Risk Evaluation for Support: Predictions for Elder Life in the Community Tool（RESPECT）. People are asked whether they have been diagnosed（诊断）with diseases like stroke, dementia（痴呆）, or hypertension（高血压） and whether abilities to carry out tasks over three months had decreased. 3. _____
Researchers found declines（下降）in a person’s ability to carry out activities of daily living were stronger predictors of six-month mortality（死亡率） than the diseases that a person has. 4. _____ “For example, it can help an adult child decide when to take the last family vacation together.”
C
G
Dr. Peter Tanuseputro, at the Ottawa Hospital, said, “Knowing how long a person has to live is necessary in making wise decisions about what treatments they should get and where they should get them. 5. _____”
A. Old people has a bigger chance to fall ill.
B. The equipment can help people live a happier life.
C. People are also asked whether they have suffered shortness of breath.
D. If death can be predicted, do you want to know how long you have left
E. Scientists published a research say they have developed a life prediction system.
F. As a person gets closer to death, doctors will focus on having care as the main goal.
G. Dr. Amy Hsu said the RESPECT calculator allows families and their loved ones to plan.
F
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.People are asked whether they have been diagnosed with diseases like stroke, de-
mentia, or hypertension and whether abilities to carry out tasks over three months had decreased.
______________________________________________________________________
Those students are asked whether they are interested in inventing things.
2.Knowing how long a person has to live is necessary in making wise decisions about what treatments they should get and where they should get them.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Knowing what you can do to help your parents is important in making them feel happy.
二、回答问题
1.Are you willing to use the equipment to predict how long you can live Why or why not？
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Yes, I do. Knowing this can help me plan my future life better.
No, I don’t. I am afraid the result will not be pleasing and I don’t want to live a life in which I always feel sad or afraid.
2.Do you think the equipment is good or not Give at least one reason to support
your idea.
_______________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
I think it is good because I like knowing about what is going to happen.
I don’t think it is good because I think it may make people feel bad if the result is not good.(共67张PPT)
话题1 人物介绍（2篇+4篇）
话题角度：家庭、朋友和周围的人、热点人物和名人传记
（2013书面表达）
【教材语篇链接】
单元 单元
七年级（上）Unit 1 结交新朋友 七年级（下）Unit 9 外貌特征
七年级（上）Unit 2 家庭 八年级（上）Unit 3 三个朋友
教材优质语篇读写练
课外语篇拓展练
高频话题写作指导：人物介绍
Passage 1【人教八年级（上）Unit 3 Section B 2b，P21】
Jeff Green
My mother told me a good friend is like a mirror. I’m quieter and more serious than most kids. That’s why I like reading books and I study harder in class. My best friend Yuan Li is quiet too, so we enjoy studying together. I’m shy so it’s not easy for me to make friends. But I think friends are like books—you don’t need a lot of them as long as they’re good.
Huang Lei
It’s not necessary to be the same. My best friend Larry is quite different from me. He is taller and more outgoing than me. We both like sports, but he plays tennis better, so he always wins. However, Larry often helps to bring out the best in me. So I’m getting better at tennis. Larry is much less hard-working, though. I always get better grades than he does, so maybe I should help him more.
Mary Smith
I don’t really care if my friends are the same as me or different. My favorite saying is, “A true friend reaches for your hand and touches your heart.” My best friend Carol is really kind and very funny. In fact, she’s funnier than anyone I know. I broke my arm last year but she made me laugh and feel better. We can talk about and share everything. I know she cares about me because she’s always there to listen.
【I know them】
1.serious adj. _________________
严肃的；稳重的
2.That’s why...___________________
近义表达：__________________________
那就是……的原因
The reason why...is that...
3.make friends_________
短语：_______________________和某人交朋友
交朋友
make friends with sb.
4.as long as_______
只要
5.be different from_____________
反义短语：_________________和……相同
和……不同
be the same as
6.__________________________使某人展现出最好的一面
bring out the best in sb.
in fact
9._________事实上
（使）破；裂；碎；损坏
10.broke v. _________________________
→________（原形）
→_________（过去分词）
break
broken
分享；共享；共用；分摊
11.share v. _________________________
搭配：____________________和某人分享某物
share sth. with sb.
关心
12.care about_______
7.________________在……变得越来越好
get better at...
8._________ n. 谚语；格言；警句
saying
【I can think】
一、选择正确答案
( )1.What does the sentence “a good friend is like a mirror” mean
A. A good friend can tell you how to dress.
B. A good friend has a lot in common with you.
C. A good friend looks almost like you.
D. A good friend teaches you a lot.
B
( )2.Which of the following do you think will be Jeff’s friend
A. Someone who is funny and outgoing. B. Someone who likes playing tennis.
C. Someone who is quiet and serious. D. Someone who gets better grades.
C
( )3.What will Mary probably do if she feels sad
A. She will keep it to herself. B. She will ask Larry to play tennis.
C. She will keep a diary about it. D. She will share it with Carol.
D
二、完成思维导图
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.A good friend is like a mirror.
______________________________________
A good teacher is like a guiding star.
2.It’s not difficult for me to make friends.
__________________________________________________
It’s easy for him to remember new friends’ names.
3.Larry often helps to bring out the best in me.
_____________________________________________________
The coach can always bring out the best in our team.
二、回答问题
1.Who is your best friend
________________________
Lily is my best friend.
2.When did you get to know him/her
__________________________________
I got to know her two years ago.
3.Why do you like him/her （至少给出2个理由）
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Because she is kind and is always ready to help me./Because she is outgoing and has many friends.
三、佳句积累
1. But I think friends are like books—you don’t need a lot of them as long as they’re good.但我认为朋友就像书一样——不在多而贵在好。
2. A true friend reaches for your hand and touches your heart. 一个真正的朋友是在需要时给你帮助，触动你心灵的人。
Passage 2【译林牛津九年级（下）Unit 2, P32-33】
I think Yuan Longping, a rice scientist and a member of the Chinese Academy of Engineering, is one of the greatest people that have ever lived.
He was born on 7 September, 1930. In 1953, he began working as a teacher in an agriculture school after he graduated from college. In 1960, he saw people die of hunger, so he began research into hybrid rice. In 1964, he happened to find a natural hybrid rice plant that had many advantages over others. After nearly ten years of hard work, he and his team finally developed a new type of hybrid rice plant, which produced 20% more rice per unit than other common kinds. In 1979, this new type of hybrid rice was introduced into the USA. At present, over 100
countries in Asia, Africa and America have grown hybrid rice. Because of his achievements, rice production has been increased by 20%-30%, and in some places even more. He is considered the “Father of Hybrid Rice”.
Yuan Longping has spent all his life on the research and development of better rice plants. He has solved the problem of hunger for many people. That is why I admire him so much.
【I know them】
1.work as_______
担任
2.graduate from_____________
从……毕业
3.die of_______________________
死于……（外部原因）
4.happen to do sth._____________
碰巧做某事
5.finally adv._____________
最后；最终
6.at present_______
现在
7.countries n. ___________
国；国家
8.because of_____________
因为；由于
9.achievements n. _____________
→_________（v.）达到；完成；成功
成就；成绩
achieve
10.considered v._____________
认为；看待
花（时间、钱等）
11.spent v. ___________________
→________（原形）
句型：_________________________ 在某事/某物上花费时间或金钱
_________________________________花费时间或金钱做某事
spend
spend 时间/金钱 on sth.
spend时间/金钱 （in） doing sth.
12.development n. 发展；发育
→__________（v.）发展；壮大
develop
【I can think】
选择正确答案
( )1.When did Yuan Longping and his team develop the new type of hybrid rice plant
A. In 1953. B. In 1960. C. In 1964. D. In 1974.
D
( )2.Which is the right order of the following events according to the passage
a.Yuan worked as a teacher in an agriculture school.
b.The new type of hybrid rice was introduced into the USA.
c.Yuan graduated from college.
d.Yuan began research into hybrid rice.
A. a-b-d-c B. a-c-d-b C. c-a-d-b D. c-b-a-d
C
( )3.What’s the best title for the passage
A. Early Life of Yuan Longping B. Achievements of Yuan Longping
C. Father of Hybrid Rice—Yuan Longping D. Yuan Longping and His Team
C
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.I think Yuan Longping is one of the greatest people that have ever lived.
_________________________________________________________________________
I think Thomas Edison is one of the greatest inventors that have ever lived.
2.Yuan Longping has spent all his life on the research and development of better rice plants.
__________________________________________________
I have spent most of my time on English learning.
3.That is why I admire him so much.
____________________________________
That is why I enjoy reading books.
二、回答问题
1.What do you think of Yuan Longping
____________________________________________________________________________
He is one of the greatest scientists and solved the problem of hunger in China.
2.As a student, what can you learn from Yuan Longping
_______________________________________________________________________________________
He sets a good example for us. We should study hard and make China Dream come true.
Passage 1
【读前预先练】
1.industry n._______
行业
2.creativity n.___________________
→__________（adj.） 有创造力的
创作能力；创造力
creative
3.theme n._______
主题
4.popularity n._____________
→__________（adj.） 流行的
流行；普及
popular
5.posted v. _____________
张贴；发布
6.latest adj. _________
最新的
7.performance n._______
→__________（v.） 表演
表演
perform
8.actually adv._______________
实际上；的确
9.musician n._________
音乐家
always make attention start foreign language between many he and
Do you like listening to music If there was one singer who could best communicate 1. ________ “two-dimensional space”（二次元） and China’s popular music industry, it might be Zhou Shen. At first, Zhou disliked talking. He was
2. ________ laughed at by his classmates because his voice sounds like a girl. However, Zhou chose 3. ________ full use of his voice instead of giving up on himself. Later, he went to 4. ________ countries to learn music and singing. After he came back to China, his creativity and special voice caught people’s 5. ________ and won him the chance to sing theme songs for ACGN （animation, comic, game and novel） works.
between
always
to make
foreign
attention
The 28-year-old boy 6. ________ his music career in 2010 by covering（翻唱） songs from ACGN works. He enjoyed great popularity among young people in China. Zhou has his own “two-dimensional space” name—Kabule. He started his own show on Bilibili in 2013. Now he has 7. ________ fans than before. He posted a cover（封面） of Let It Go that he sang in nine different 8. _________, including Ukrainian, Russian, Italian, and Polish.
The latest work from Zhou is his performance of Da La Beng Ba. It’s a song by virtual（虚拟的） singers Luo Tianyi 9. ________ Yan He, meaning a computer actually gives a “human” voice to it. But Zhou sings the song 10. ________ in five different voices.
The famous musician Gao Xiaosong once said, “Whoever and wherever you are, just be yourself!”
started
more
languages
and
himself
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.However, Zhou chose to make full use of his voice instead of giving up on himself.
_________________________________________________________________
We should make full use of every minute to prepare for the exam.
2.He enjoyed great popularity among young people in China.
__________________________________________________________________________________
These kinds of tomatoes taste delicious, so they enjoy great popularity among people.
二、回答问题
1.Who is your favorite musician
_______________________________________________________________________________________
My favorite musician is Mozart, because he made great achievements in the field of music.
Passage 2【2021重庆A阅读C改编】
【读前预先练】
1.died v. ___________________
→______（原形）
→________（现在分词）
消失；灭亡；死亡
die
dying
2.left v. _______
→_______（原形）
→______（过去分词）
离开
leave
left
3.make a living_______
谋生
4.collect rubbish_________
捡垃圾
5.continue doing sth._____________
继续做某事
去上大学
7.go to university___________
毕业
8.graduation n. _______
→___________（v.）毕业
graduate
为某人树立一个好榜样
9.set a good example for sb._______________________
控制
10.take control of_______
号召
11.call on _______
授予……称号
12.titled v. _______________
6.bathhouse n. _______
澡堂
Liu Xiuxiang was born in a poor family. When he was 4, his father died. His mother developed mental(精神的) health problems. When he was 10, his elder brother and sisters left and never returned. To make a living, Liu collected rubbish, and in high school he worked 18 hours a day during summer vacations. However difficult it was, he never gave up his study.
In 2007, Liu failed the Gaokao. He got lost. He wondered if he should continue studying. After working in a bathhouse for about 50 days, he decided to go back to school. In 2008，he finally passed the Gaokao and went to university.
After graduation, he became a history teacher in his hometown. “I want to come back to tell the children, who are as poor and lost as I was, that education has changed my life.” Liu set a good example for them to take control of lives through education.
Now Liu gives speeches around the country. His story inspires（鼓舞）many students and encourages people to help those from poor families. Since 2012, he has helped more than 1, 900 students and called on more teachers to work in poor areas to improve the quality(质量) of education.
Liu was titled “the most beautiful teacher” in 2020. His story moves us a lot.
( )1.How long did Liu Xiuxiang work during summer vacations in high school
A. 4 hours a day. B. 10 hours a day. C. 12 hours a day. D. 18 hours a day.
D
( )2.What does the underlined word “lost” in Paragraph 2 mean
A. Excited. B. Angry. C. Relaxed. D. Unsure.
D
( )3.What does the underlined word “them” in Paragraph 3 refer to
A. Liu Xiuxiang’s sisters. B. Liu Xiuxiang’s teachers.
C. Children in Liu Xiuxiang’s hometown. D. Villagers in Liu Xiuxiang’s hometown.
C
( )4.The passage is written in the order of _____.
A. space B. time C. persons D. opinions
B
【I can think】
一、选择正确答案
( )1.What’s the best title for the passage
A. Study Hard, Play Hard B. Never Give Up
C. Work in Poor Areas D. Help More Students
B
( )2.Where does the passage probably come from
A. A travel magazine. B. A film magazine.
C. A newspaper. D. A dictionary.
C
二、完成思维导图
【I can express】
一、 句子仿写
1.However difficult it was, he never gave up his study.
______________________________________________________________
However difficult the problem was, he tried his best to solve it.
2.Liu set a good example for them to take control of lives through education.
_____________________________________________________________
Mary studies hard and sets a good example for her classmates.
3.His story encourages people to help those from poor families.
_____________________________________________________________
My parents always encourage me to solve problems by myself.
二、回答问题
1.What can you learn from Liu Xiuxiang
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
I learn from Liu Xiuxiang that I should never give up. /I learn from Liu Xiuxiang that I should try to overcome difficulties instead of complaining.
三、 长难句分析
1.I want to come back to tell the children, who are as poor and lost as I was, that education has changed my life.我想回去告诉那些和曾经的我一样贫穷和迷茫的孩子们,教育改变了我的生活。
句中含有_______引导的非限制性定语从句，作为插入语，跟在所修饰的名词__________后面。
who
children
Passage 3
【读前预先练】
1.absolutely adv. _________________
确实地；绝对地
2.the novel coronavirus ___________
冠状病毒
3.hit v._____________
→_________（现在分词）
袭击；击中
hitting
4.despite prep._______
不顾
5.overnight adj._________
过夜的
6.defeated v._______
打败
7.image n._______
形象
8.social media ___________
社交媒体
座右铭
10.motto n._________
自愿做某事
11.volunteer to do sth. _____________
治疗方案
12.treatment plan ___________
病毒
13.virus n. _______
前一个的，先前的
14.former adj. ___________________
传播；开展
15.spread v. _____________
→_________（过去式/过去分词）
spread
检查
16.checking v._______
情况严重
17.in serious condition___________
9.battle n._______
战争
在某人的指导下
18.under one’s guidance_________________
在……之内
19.within prep._____________
专业
20.professionalism n._______
勇气
21.courage n._______
责任感
22.a sense of duty _________
脊骨；脊柱
23.backbone n._____________
Soldier and Scholar
“Please don’t travel to Wuhan unless it’s absolutely necessary,” Zhong Nanshan, a famous respiratory(呼吸科的) expert, reminded the public when the novel coronavirus first hit Wuhan. But despite the danger, he, 84, rushed on an overnight train to Wuhan to fight the disease.
Known as the hero who defeated SARS in 2003, Zhong’s image and messages are flooding(遍布) social media. Many people say they “trust every word of Zhong”. He has given Chinese people confidence in winning the battle.
Growing up in a family of doctors, Zhong lives by a simple motto: save lives and always be honest. In 2003, when SARS hit China, he volunteered to treat patients and asked his colleagues(同事) to send their most serious cases to him. After months of work, his treatment plan for SARS was adopted(采纳) by China and then the whole world, saving thousands of lives, People’s Daily reported.
Seventeen years later, Zhong once again led an expert team to study the novel coronavirus. Although this new virus was known to be more dangerous than the former one, Zhong didn’t seem worried about his own safety.
On January 18, 2020, he took a high-speed train from Guangzhou to Wuhan. Two days later, he became the first expert to be certain that the new virus can be spread between humans. On January 29, he and his colleagues spent over four hours online checking five patients who were in serious condition. The next day, he chose the treatment for those patients. Under his guidance, his team developed a rapid test kit(快速检测试剂盒) for the disease that can show results within 15 minutes.
As People’s Daily wrote, “The 84-year-old Zhong Nanshan shows his professionalism as a scholar(学者), courage as a soldier and a sense of duty as the backbone of our nation.”
( )1.What achievements did Zhong make in the fight against SARS
A. He was the first doctor to start treating SARS patients.
B. He treated the most serious patients online.
C. His treatment plan saved lots of people.
D. He stated that SARS was under control.
C
( )2.How does the writer write Paragraph 5
A. In time order. B. By giving examples.
C. By listing the numbers. D. In space order.
A
( )3.Why does the writer write the passage
A. To encourage people to stay at home.
B. To state the importance of Zhong’s warning.
C. To guide people to be honest and brave.
D. To praise Zhong’s courage and spirit.
D
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.Known as the hero who defeated SARS in 2003, Zhong’s image and messages are flooding social media.
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Known as the inventor of many things, Edison invented many things that could meet humans’ basic needs.
2.The 84-year-old Zhong Nanshan shows his professionalism as a scholar, courage as a soldier, and a sense of duty as the backbone of our nation.
______________________________________________________________________________________
The teacher let us learn his confidence, hard work and the spirit of keep learning.
二、回答问题
1.What did Zhong Nanshan do to fight the disease caused by the new virus
______________________________________________________________
He warned people that the virus could spread between humans.
2.What do you think of Zhong Nanshan
______________________________________________
He is honest, brave, hard-working and famous.
Passage 4
【读前预先练】
1.owned v. _______
拥有
2.take...apart ___________
拆解……
3.end up doing sth. _______________
以做某事告终
4.get married to... _____________
与……结婚
5.horseless carriage _______________
不用马拉的车
6.powered v.___________
供以动力
7.motor n._________
发动机
8.vehicles n. ___________
交通工具
9.at a time _______
一次
10.hired v._______
雇佣
11.skilled worker _____________
熟练的工人
12.steering wheel _________
方向盘
13.at a different spot _______________
在不同的地方
14.in addition to _______
除了
15.fairly adv._________
合理地
Henry Ford is famous for making cars easier for most people to buy. He did this by producing the cars using an assembly（装配） line.
Henry Ford was born in 1863 in Michigan. He was the eldest of six children, and his family owned a farm. He worked on the farm when he was young, but he soon discovered that he loved taking things apart to see how they worked, then putting them back together again. He worked on watches a lot, and ended up helping many people fix their watches. In 1879, when he was 16 years old, he moved to Detroit to start working with machines, though he did come home and work on the farm a little, too.
Ford got married to Clara Bryant in 1888, and worked on a sawmill（锯木厂）. He finally became an engineer. Ford worked for the Edison Illuminating Company and even got the chance to meet Thomas Edison! Edison encouraged him to keep working on his plans for his horseless carriage, powered by a motor. Ford’s horseless carriage was called the Quadricycle（四轮环保车）.
He sold the Quadricycle and started his own company to continue his work of making vehicles. He did not stay with the first company for very many years, but finally started the Ford Motor Company. He spent many years developing cars, which were made only a few at a time.
Ford was not the first person to create a car, but he was the one who began to make them accessible（可使用的） to a lot of people in the United States. His “Model T” car, released（发布） in 1908, was easy to drive and to repair, so many people wanted one. His company, Ford Motor Company, hired skilled workers to work on an assembly line. The car would move through the line, and each worker had a job along the line. One worker might be putting on the steering wheel, while at a different spot on the line, another worker was putting on tires（轮胎）. Every Model T car was painted black. The company could make many cars at a time this way, which made them cheaper to produce.
In addition to using the assembly line to produce cars, Ford was also known for paying his workers fairly. Henry Ford died in 1947, but his company is still around and making cars today.
( )1.Match the year with what Henry Ford did.
①in 1863 a. Henry started to work with machines.
②in 1879 b. Henry got married.
③in 1888 c. Henry was born.
④in 1908 d. Henry’s “Model T” car appeared on the market.
A. ①-c ②-b ③-a ④-d
B. ①-c ②-b ③-d ④-a
C. ①-c ②-d ③-a ④-b
D. ①-c ②-a ③-b ④-d
D
( )2.What are the advantages of “Model T” cars
①Easy to drive. ②Easy to repair. ③Comfortable. ④Cheap. ⑤Colorful.
A. ①②③ B. ①④⑤ C. ①②④ D. ①②⑤
C
( )3.Choose the best sentence to fill in the blank “ ” in Paragraph 5.
A. He wondered if he had made a right decision.
B. He needed to make a lot of cars very quickly.
C. He wanted to make the cars better and better.
D. He asked the customers to forgive him and his workers.
B
( )4.What is the passage mainly about
A. The life of Henry Ford.
B. Ways to make money.
C. Henry Ford’s wishes for making cars.
D. Henry Ford’s contributions to his country.
A
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.Ford was not the first person to create a car, but he was the one who began to make them accessible to a lot of people in the United States.
_________________________________________________________________
Bob is not playing computer games, but learning in the room now.
2.One worker might be putting on the steering wheel, while at a different spot on the line, another worker was putting on tires.
______________________________________________________________________________
Some people waste food, while many poor people don’t have enough food to eat.
二、回答问题
1.What is Henry Ford famous for
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Henry Ford is famous for both making cars easier for most people to buy/using the assembly line to produce cars quickly and paying his workers fairly.
2.How do you like Henry Ford
___________________________________________________________________________________________
I think he was a creative man and he made many contributions to making people’s life better.
分析江西近10年中考真题可知，2013年书面表达针对“人物介绍”这一话题考查了1次，要求介绍自己的妈妈。分析全国近4年真题可知，此话题为常考话题，通常有以下命题角度：1.介绍身边的人；2.介绍自己；3.介绍名人。此类话题通常要求介绍人物的外貌、性格、职业及其优秀品质等。
孔子学院(Confucius Institute)夏令营在汉招募志愿者。
写作要点：
1. What is your advantage for being a volunteer in Confucius Institute
2. What’s your hope
要求：
1. 短文应包括提示中所有的写作要点，条理清楚，行文连贯，可适当发挥；
2. 短文中不能出现真实的人名和地名；
3. 词数不少于80，短文开头和结尾已给出，不计入总词数。
【2021武汉改编】
Dear sir/madam,
I am Li Hua from Wuhan. May I have the honor to work as a volunteer at
Confucius Institute _______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Yours truly,
Li Hua
谋篇布局
主题：写一封自荐信 开头：引入主题 已给出
中间:当志愿者的优势 性格：kind-hearted, outgoing, like/enjoy making friends
句型：①I want to be a volunteer because...
②I’m a ...boy/girl.
③I am...and I like making friends.
④I am fond of/enjoy...
特长：good at English, communicate with others well, know a lot about
Chinese history and culture
中间:当志愿者的优势 句型：①I know...well.
②It’s my hobby to...
③I am able to...
身体状况：healthy, have a strong body
句型：①I have a strong body...
②I am in good health...
结尾：表达希望 希望：hope to be a volunteer, look forward to, reply
句型：①I’m looking forward to...
②I hope/wish that...
③I have the wish/hope that...
续表
Dear sir/madam,
I am Li Hua from Wuhan. May I have the honor to work as a volunteer at
Confucius Institute
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
Yours truly,
Li Hua
I’m outgoing and I enjoy making friends. Besides, I can speak good English and I believe it will help me communicate with foreigners well. What’s more, Chinese history and culture are my favorites and I am glad to share what I know with others. I can also tell Chinese stories in English and I believe our traditional Chinese stories will make foreigners be more interested in our country. Last but not least, I have a strong body and I think this can help me do the volunteer work well.
I do hope to be chosen as a volunteer and I am looking forward to your early reply.
参考范文
【此话题相关词汇及句型见《话题词句必背册》P1】
榜样，就是那些闪耀着奋进之光的人，他们为我们指引方向。在你的成长过程中，一定有很多值得你学习的榜样，比如袁隆平、钟南山、老师、亲人、朋友…… 假如你是李华，学校英语社团将举办题为“The person I admire”的征文比赛，请你根据要点和要求，用英语写一篇文章，介绍自己的榜样。
【2021湘潭改编】
1. Who is the person you admire
2. Why do you admire him/her
3. What is your hope
要求：
1. 短文应包括提示中所有的写作要点，条理清楚，行文连贯，可适当发挥；
2. 短文中不能出现真实的人名和地名；
3. 词数不少于80。
写作要点:
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The reason why I admire Miss Chen is that she is a very kind and patient teacher. Whoever has difficulty in my class, Miss Chen is willing to offer a helping hand. Besides, she is a person who knows what is important in her life. During work time, she tries her best to teach her students well. During off-work time, she tries to enjoy life by travelling or doing volunteering work. I think she is the person who keeps the best balance between work and life.
I do hope to be a person like her.
People we admire are like guiding stars who make us become better and better. My guiding star is my teacher, Miss Chen.(共67张PPT)
话题9 健康与安全（2篇+5篇）
话题角度：饮食、健康、保持健康的方式和安全救护
【教材语篇链接】
单元 单元
七年级（上）Unit 6 食物（一） 八年级（上）Unit 8 烹饪
七年级（下）Unit 10 食物（二） 八年级（下）Unit 1 健康与急救
教材优质语篇读写练
课外语篇拓展练
高频话题写作指导：健康与安全
Passage 1【外研九年级（下）Module 5 Unit 2,P42】
Five rules for a healthy life
Thanks to better health care, most people are living healthier and longer lives. Someone who is born today can expect to live about thirty-five years longer than someone who was born in the nineteenth century. It is even thought that in the future more and more people will celebrate their hundredth birthdays. Here are five rules for a healthy life.
① Get off the sofa!
Sure, it is comfortable to sit on the sofa and watch TV. But doctors say you should get off the sofa. To keep fit, you have to walk at least 10,000 steps every
day in the past, people’s jobs required more physical effort. They often had to walk for miles every day. When farmers were working in the fields, they were keeping fit at the same time. Think about it: Do you get the same amount of exercise today as they did in the past
② Eat healthy food!
It is important to eat food that is fresh and natural, for example, fruit and vegetables. Fast food is not healthy. You should only have it once in a while. Eating too much of the wrong food will harm your health.
③ Rest while you can!
When we were babies, we slept for much of the night. Teenagers do not need
as much sleep as babies, but it is important for you to get about eight hours’ sleep a night. At weekends, you have got more time, so use it not just for your friends, but for rest too.
④ Do not worry. Be happy!
Many people believe that happiness is important for our general health. Sometimes it is not easy to be a teenager because of the difficulties of school exams or friendships. If you are worried about something, talk to your parents or your teacher.
⑤ Say no to smoking!
Yes, you knew I was going to say this! It is so important. Smoking is notIt is dangerous. It harms nearly every part of your body. Think about how your family and friends will feel, and think about what it will do to your health.
【I know them】
1.healthier adj.更健康的
→_________（原级）
→________（n.）健康
healthy
health
2.expect to do sth. _____________
期待做某事
3.get off ____________
下车;离开
4.required v._____________
→_________（原形）
需要；要求
require
5.at the same time _______
同时
6.think about _____________
考虑；思考
7.exercise n._____________
锻炼；练习
8.in the past _____________
过去；以前
例如
9.for example _______
偶尔
10.once in a while _______
睡觉
11.slept v. _______
→_______（原形）
→_______（过去分词）
sleep
slept
快乐
12.happiness n. _______
→________（adj.）愉快的，高兴的
→__________（adv.）快乐地
happy
happily
困难；难题
13.difficulties n._____________
→___________（单数）
→__________（adj.）困难的
difficulty
difficult
14.harms v. _______
→__________ （adj.）有害的
短语：___________________________对……有害
harmful
be harmful to/do harm to
伤害
【I can think】
一、选择正确答案
( )1.What may be the writer’s opinion about working in the fields
A. It is tiring and dirty. B. It helps keep healthy.
C. It’s not enough for exercise. D. It’s comfortable and relaxing.
B
( )2.What does the underlined word “this” in the last paragraph refer to
A. Health. B. Body. C. Food. D. Smoking.
D
( )3.Which of the following best shows the structure of the passage
A. B. C. D.
D
二、完成思维导图
exercise
fresh
weekends
worries
body
【I can express】
一、句子翻译
1.Teenagers do not need as much sleep as babies.
_____________________________________
青少年不像婴儿那样需要大量的睡眠。
2.If you are worried about something, talk to your parents or your teacher.
_______________________________________________
如果你担心什么事情，和你的父母或老师谈一谈。
二、句子仿写
1.Thanks to better health care, most people are living healthier and longer lives.
____________________________________________________________________
Thanks to the government, their living conditions have improved a lot.
2.Here are five rules for a healthy life.
_________________________________________
Here are some ways to help you keep fit.
3.Say no to smoking!
______________________________________________
We should say no to making a noise in public.
Passage 2 【冀教九年级 Unit 3 Lesson 17,P42】
Earthquakes usually come without warning. What should you do if this happens to you Stay calm as the earth begins to shake and move. An earthquake is dangerous, but there are things you can do to protect yourself.
If you are inside when the earthquake starts, get under a table or a bed. You need to have something strong around you to protect you from falling objects. Do not stand near walls or windows and stay out of the kitchen. The kitchen is dangerous because there are so many glass objects. Also, never get into a lift during an earthquake.
If you are outside, get to an open area as fast as you can.Stay away from buildings and trees. If you are in a car, pull over to a place where there are no trees or tall buildings and stay in the car. If you are close to the sea, try to get as far away from the water as possible. Earthquakes can cause huge waves that can really harm the people nearby.
When the earthquake is over, there is still plenty of danger. If you see a fire, quickly move outdoors to an open area. Keep an eye out for things that can fall on you. If you have a phone, use it only once to call your family or a friend. Too many calls will bring down the phone system. Your chances of survival in an earthquake go up if you stay calm. Staying calm is not easy, but it can save your life.
【I know them】
1.warning v._______
搭配：_______________________提醒某人某事
警告
warn sb. of/about sth.
2.stay calm___________
保持镇定
3.protect v._______
搭配：________________________________保护某人免于某物的伤害/做某事
保护
protect sb. from （doing） sth.
4.stay out of_______
远离
5.stay away from_______
→______________（反义短语）接近
远离
be close to...
6.pull over_____________________
（车）驶到路边停下
7.cause v. _____________
造成；引起
警觉；留心
9.keep an eye out for_____________
使垮台
10.bring down_________
挽救某人的生命
11.save one’s life_________________
8.plenty of_________
大量的
【I can think】
选择正确答案
( )1.What should you do if you are inside during an earthquake
A. B. C. D.
B
( )2.Why should people stay away from the water during an earthquake
A. Because the ship may crowd into the street.
B. Because the earthquake may bring fire.
C. Because there will be huge waves.
D. Because there are sharks in the sea.
C
( )3.What’s the purpose of the passage
A. To tell us how the earthquake is developed.
B. To tell us when the earthquake happens.
C. To tell us how to protect ourselves in the earthquake.
D. To tell us why there is an earthquake.
C
【I can express】
句子仿写
1.There are things you can do to protect yourself.
______________________________________________
There are some ways you can do to keep safe.
2.Keep an eye out for things that can fall on you.
_______________________________________________
Keep an eye out for wild animals in the forest.
Passage 1【2021百色阅读D改编】
【读前预先练】
1.come on_____________
开始；到来
2.probably adv. _______________
很可能；大概
3.bin n._________
垃圾箱
4.elbow n._________
胳膊肘
5.pass on _______
传递
6.objects n._______
物体
7.touches v._______
触摸
8.land on _____________
落到……上
9.surfaces n._______
表面
10.missed v._______
错过
11.keep away from _____________________
避开；（使）不接近
When you feel a sneeze（喷嚏） or cough coming on, covering your mouth prevents the spread of germs（细菌）. You probably knew that.
But how to cover your mouth is very important. You might use tissues（纸巾）, and put your used tissues into the bin. “If you don’t have tissues, you should sneeze into your elbow, not your hand, even if you are used to doing that,” the doctors advised.
“If somebody sneezes into his hands, those germs will be passed on to other people, or other objects that person touches,” said Dr.Hill.
Germs are most commonly spread by sneezing and coughing. When they land on your hands, they are passed from hands to things like bills, door knobs（扶手）,
lift buttons and other surfaces. At the same time, the people around you can touch them.
“The suggestion was taken seriously about 10 years ago. However, most people didn’t pay much attention to it. That means the adults may have missed the advice. But children are often taught in school the right way to cough or sneeze,” Dr.Benjamin said.
To be clear, people can’t keep away from all the risks in this way, but it’s the best choice. At the same time, we’d better wear masks（口罩）and often wash our hands. “Hand washing is one of the most important things people can do to keep healthy,” Dr.Hill said.
( )1.Which of the following activities can spread germs if you sneeze into your hands
①using lift buttons ②using door knobs
③shaking hands ④washing hands
A. ①②③ B. ①②④ C. ②③④ D. ①③④
A
( )2.Which is true according to the passage
A. If you don’t have tissues, you should sneeze into your hand.
B. The adult may be used to sneezing into their elbow.
C. Parents often teach their children the right way to cough or sneeze.
D. Wearing masks is a good way to keep away from germs.
D
( )3.What’s the main purpose of this passage
A. To tell us the correct way to use tissues when sneezing or coughing.
B. To tell us some correct ways to prevent the spread of germs.
C. To tell us it’s necessary to sneeze or cough into our elbows.
D. To tell us how to keep away from all risks.
B
( )4.In which layout（版面）of the newspaper can we find this kind of passage
A. Health. B. Sports. C. Business. D. Education.
A
【I can express】
句子仿写
1.But children are often taught in school the right way to cough or sneeze.
______________________________________________________
Students should be taught how to do exercise properly.
2.People can’t keep away from all the risks in this way.
__________________________________________________________________
Outdoor activities can help children keep away from mobile phones.
3.We’d better wear masks and often wash our hands.
___________________________________________________
You’d better go to the hospital if you have a fever.
Passage 2
【读前预先练】
1.sour adj. _________
酸涩的
2.workweek n. _________
工作周
3.ahead adv. _________
在前面
4.according to _______
根据
5.anxious adj. _________
焦虑的
6.make a list on... _________________________
制作一个关于……的清单
7.cut up _______
切碎
8.refrigerator n. _______
冰箱
9.leisure time ___________
娱乐时间
10.focused adj. _____________
全神贯注的
基本地
11.basically adv. _________
徒步旅行
12.hike v. ___________
和……玩
13.play with ___________
We have to say Mondays are really bad. Even Sunday afternoons can turn sour as we think about the workweek ahead. More than three-quarters of people say they get the pre-work “Sunday blues”, according to a recent study. Starting your Monday feeling sad and anxious is hardly the way to start a healthy week.
So, how can we solve it First of all, we’d better make our Sunday noons free before everything becomes worse. After that, we can think what we will do the following week such as the food we are going to eat. Then we need to make a list on what we need to buy in the supermarket. And after we come back from the supermarket, let’s do one more step by cutting up the vegetables and putting them into different bags and then into the refrigerator.
The reason why we do this is that we can have more leisure time after work. What’s more, it will help us keep healthy. And there’s no need worrying about what to eat and how to cook. Then all you have to do is heat and plate when you come home from work Monday evening.
“To be healthy, we have to take care of body and mind,” says Hudnall. Stress has a major impact on health and our ability to concentrate（全神贯注）, so starting a Sunday stress-reducing habit can make the week feeling strong and focused. Four ideas to try: a guided meditation（冥想） practice with the help of an app; forest bathing—a practice known as shinrin-yoku in Japan, which basically means taking a long walk or hike in a wooded area; gentle exercise like yoga; or spending time hugging and playing with your pet.
( )1.What can we learn from Paragraph 1
A. It’s easy to have a good feeling on Mondays.
B. Mondays are not so bad as what people think.
C. Most people like Monday best compared with other days.
D. Many people feel bad on Sunday thinking about weekdays.
D
( )2.How to solve “Sunday blues” Put the solutions in the right order.
a. Set our Sunday afternoons free.
b. Make a list on what we need to buy.
c. Think what we will do the following week.
d. Cut up the vegetables and put them into different bags.
A. a-b-c-d B. a-c-b-d C. b-a-c-d D. b-c-a-d
B
( )3.What does the underlined word “impact” mean
A. Way. B. Exercise. C. Influence. D. Condition.
C
( )4.Where may you read the passage
A. In a diary. B. In a sports newspaper.
C. In a music show. D. In a magazine about healthy life.
D
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.The reason why we do this is that we can have more leisure time after work.
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
The reason why I always run for 30 minutes in the morning is that it can make me become stronger.
2.And there’s no need worrying about what to eat and how to cook.
______________________________________________________________________________________
There is no need worrying about how to go to the airport. My father will drive us there.
二、回答问题
1.Do you have the pre-work “Sunday blues”？
________________________________________________________
______________
Yes, I do. I usually feel unhappy about the coming week.
No, I don’t.
2.How do you usually relax yourself on weekends
________________________________________________________________________
I usually watch TV on weekends./I usually go out with my friends/parents.
Passage 3【2019江西还原短文型阅读理解】
【读前预先练】
1.be necessary for _________________
对……是必需的
2.the risk of getting ill _____________
生病的风险
3.several adj. _______
几个
4.straight adv. _____________
径直；直接
5.cut down on _______
减少
6.distance n. _______
距离
7.kitchen n. _______
厨房
8.packages n. _______
包装
9.halfway adv. _______
中途
10.homegrown food _______________
家里种的食物
有可能是……
11.be likely to be... _______________
以……告终；最终……
12.end up _______________________
后院
13.backyard n. _______
生菜
14.lettuce n. _______
确保
15.make sure _______
Experts in nutrition（营养） suggest that we should eat at least five different kinds of vegetables and fruit a day. They are very necessary for our health and help our bodies work well. They can help reduce（减少） the risk of getting ill. There are a lot of vegetables and fruit to choose from and they taste delicious.1. ____
It’s easy to buy our food from the local supermarket, so why do we go to the trouble of growing our own Here are several good reasons:
2.______You can pick and eat it at once. When you have tried it, you will agree that vegetables and fruit that are eaten straight from the garden taste better than anything you can buy in a supermarket.
A
D
You may want to cut down on your “food miles”—the distance that a product has travelled before it reaches your kitchen. Many food packages are flown halfway across the earth.3.______
Homegrown food is likely to be healthier. Food producers often use fertilizers（化肥） and pesticides（农药） which can end up in your food. If you grow your own, things are different.4.______You might also choose to grow some traditional vegetables and fruit. These often have more of the vitamins, minerals（矿物质） and protein（蛋白质） that keep you healthy.
5.______And you can grow your own even if you only have a small backyard or a balcony（阳台）. Some food can grow well in pots, including lettuce, tomatoes,
C
F
E
potatoes and carrots. You can recycle plastic bottles and cups to grow something. Just make sure there are holes for drainage（排水） and a small plate under them to catch drops of water.
Happy gardening!
A. Best of all, you can grow your own!
B. But where to grow your own is a problem.
C. That’s not so good for you, or for the planet.
D. Food that you grow yourself is always fresh.
E. If you have a large garden, growing your own is easy.
F. You can control what goes on and into the food you eat.
G. So it’s better to eat more vegetables and fruit in our daily life.
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.They are very necessary for our health and help our bodies work well.
________________________________________________________________
Doing sports and having enough sleep is necessary for our health.
2.It’s easy to buy our food from the local supermarket.
____________________________________________
It’s easy to cook this kind of food at home.
3.If you grow your own, things are different.
______________________________________________________________
If you do what the doctor told you to, you will be better soon.
二、回答问题
1.Do you want to grow vegetables at home Why or why not
__________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Yes, I do. I want to grow vegetables at home because I think it is healthier.
No, I don’t. The reason for my unwilling to grow vegetables at home is that I am not good at growing anything.
2.What kind of vegetables do you want to grow at home if you are asked to grow at least one kind of vegetables at home
________________________________________________________
I want to grow potatoes because it is easy to grow them.
Passage 4
【读前预先练】
1.eat out ___________
外出就餐
2.challenged v.___________________
挑战；对……怀疑
3.___________ 出来；出现
come out
4.__________________ 一个……另一个……
one…the other…
5.________________ 旨在做某事
aim to do sth.
6.in order to_______
为了
7._________________________ 鼓励某人做某事
encourage sb. to do sth.
8.offer sth. to sb._________________
给某人提供某物
9.according to_______
根据
10._____________ ……的风险
the risk of
建立
11.build up_______
破裂
12.break n._______；休息；中断 v.（使）破裂；中断
预防；阻止
13.preventing v._____________
搭配：________________________________ 阻止某人/某物做某事
prevent sb./sth. from doing sth.
激励；鼓舞
14.inspires v._____________
搭配：______________________ 鼓舞某人做某事
inspire sb. to do sth.
Separate dining is common in the western culture, while in China’s dining culture, whether dining at home or eating out, a grouped dining system is used in most situations.
However, the coronavirus pandemic has challenged the deep-rooted Chinese dining tradition of sharing dishes together.1. ______
Standards on individual（供一人用的）dining, serving chopsticks（公筷）and two pairs of chopsticks came out on March 18, 2021. Here are the main points.
●Individual diners’ food should be served to customers in separate tableware.
●Each shared dish should be served with a separate pair of serving chopsticks.
●2.______One is to get food from shared dishes to place into individual bowls, and the other is for eating from individual bowls.
G
D
The above new standards aim to protect the public health in a scientific and practical way.3.______In order to encourage customers to follow the standards, some restaurants offer parking coupons （优惠券）to those who use serving chopsticks.
According to a survey about separate dining by think tank Thinker, nearly 89% of 100,000 interviewees believe it’s more hygienic （卫生的）because itreduces the risk of infection via saliva （唾液传染）.
4.______The reason is that they think the grouped dining system is a tradition. When they share the food, they are building up a close relationship among diners. Besides, it is difficult to divide Chinese dishes into separate parts.
B
C
Eating separately is a break from tradition, but it is helpful in preventing diseasesand improving health.5.______It also encourages advanced cooking skills, which means a chance of creating something new in Chinese food.
A. A separate pair of serving chopsticks is necessary.
B. Over 200 companies have tried to follow the standards.
C. For Chinese, it is not easy to change their dining behavior.
D. Each diner should have two pairs of differently colored chopsticks.
E. People can still sit at the same table, sharing the same food in a new way.
F. Some people still prefer eating together because they think it makes them feel closer.
G. This inspires the government, restaurants and citizens to rethink about eating customs.
E
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.One is to get food from shared dishes to place into individual bowls, and the other is for eating from individual bowls.
________________________________________________________________
He has two daughters. One is a teacher, and the other is a nurse.
2.When they share the food, they are building up a close relationship among diners.
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
When they share their happiness and sorrow，they are building up a close relationship with each other.
二、回答问题
1.What is the aim of the new standards
______________________________________________________________________
The aim is to protect the public health in a scientific and practical way.
2.How do some restaurants encourage customers to use serving chopsticks
_______________________________________________________________
They offer parking coupons to those who use serving chopsticks.
3.Why is it not easy to change Chinese dining behavior
____________________________________________________________________
Because Chinese people think the grouped dining system is a tradition.
4.What do you think of eating separately Give at least one reason.
________________________________________________________________________________
I think it is good because it is helpful in preventing diseases and improving health.
Passage 5
【读前预先练】
1.announced v. _______
宣布
2.parking v. _______
停车
3.charging v. _____________
给……充电
4.at the same time _______
同时
5.be filled with _______
充满
6.thick smoke _______
浓烟
7.injured v. _________
使受伤
8.direct causes ___________
直接原因
9.meet the needs of _________________
满足……的需要
10.staircases n. _______________
楼梯；楼梯间
11.emergency exits ___________
紧急出口
12.matching adj. _________
匹配的
The Emergency Management Department recently announced the regulations on fire safety management of high-rise civil buildings（高层民用建筑消防安全管理条例）, which prohibits（禁止）parking and charging electric bicycles in public areas of high-rise civil buildings.1.______How dangerous it is to park electric cars in high-rise civil buildings! 2.______
On May 10, 2021 in the elevator（电梯）of a high-rise residence in Chengdu, Sichuan, a electric bicycle suddenly caught fire, causing many people to get badly hurt. According to the video of public places in the elevator, a man in white pushed the electric bicycles into the elevator. At the moment when the elevator door was
closed, several people in the elevator looked at their feet at the same time.3.______
D
A
G
Only three seconds later, the elevator was filled with thick smoke and fire. The accident injured five people. 4. ______
Line short circuit（线路短路） is one of the direct causes of fire. Overcharge is another important cause of electric bicycle battery fire. Generally, eight hour charging can meet the needs of electric bicycles.
In order to prevent it, the Fire Department reminded that the use of electric bicycles should control the charging time, park electric vehicles correctly, and do not park or charge electric vehicles in public areas such as staircases and emergency exits in the building.5.______You should regularly go to regular stores to replace the matching batteries.
B
C
A. Let’s look at one fire.
B. Then let’s get to know how we should prevent it.
C. The batteries of electric vehicles have a certain service life.
D. The people who break the rules will be fined up to 10,000 yuan.
E. It’s really important to know how to protect ourselves through the fire.
F. Another reason is that people usually put their electric cars everywhere.
G. The battery car suddenly emitted（散发） thick smoke and burned violently.
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.At the moment when the elevator door was closed, several people in the elevator looked at their feet at the same time.
_______________________________________________________________________________
At the moment when I saw my cousin, I ran quickly to her and gave her a hug.
2.In order to prevent it, the Fire Department reminded that the use of electric bicycles should control the charging time.
______________________________________________________________
In order to keep ourselves safe, we shouldn’t swim in the river.
二、回答问题
1.What do you think of the regulation
______________________________________________________
I think it is very good because it can keep people safe.
2.What will you do if you see someone pushing a electric bicycle into an elevator
__________________________________________________________________________
I will tell that person not to push the electric bicycle into the elevator politely.
分析江西近10年中考真题可知，书面表达未涉及过“健康与安全”这一话题。分析全国近4年中考真题可知，此话题为常考话题，通常有以下命题角度：①健康生活：如何保持健康、如何保护视力、如何远离疫情、如何养成健康生活的好习惯等；②个人安全：在自然灾害中如何自救自护、如何保障学生在校、在家以及校外的安全、如何保障自己的个人信息安全、网络交往安全。
假如你是李华， 你的英国朋友Jenny因视力减退感到不安，向你倾诉。
↓
第一人称
请你根据以下提示，用英语写一封电子邮件给她，谈谈你在保护视力方面的一些
（2021梧州改编）
以一般现在时为主
写作要点:
1. What is harmful to our eyes？
2. What are your suggestions on protecting eyes？
3. What is your hope for Jenny
要求:
1. 短文应包括提示中所有的写作要点，条理清楚，行文连贯，可适当发挥；
2. 短文中不能出现真实的人名和地名；
3. 词数不少于80，短文开头和结尾已给出，不计入总词数。
参考词汇：eyesight视力 mobile phone手机
Yours,
Li Hua
Dear Jenny，
I’m sorry to know that your eyesight is getting weaker___________________________ __________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
主题：保护视力的做法 开头：引入主题 would like to share sth. with sb., some ways of protecting eyesight, in my daily life
中间：建议 建议：do harm to,read in the sun, use mobile phones or computers for a long time go out of, do exercise，do eye exercises，have eyes examined every term
句型：①I think/In my opinion, you can...
②You should/need to...
③I suggest that...
谋篇布局
结尾：对Jenny的希望 希望：follow my advice, protect the eyesight, become better
句型：①I hope you can...
②I wish/expect that...
③Best wishes to you.
④It’s my great wish that...
⑤I’m looking forward to...
续表
Dear Jenny,
I’m sorry to know that your eyesight is getting weaker.I’d like to share some ways of protecting eyesight in my daily life with you.
As we know, it’s bad for eyes if we read in the sun or in bed. In my free time, I also try hard to avoid using the mobile phones or computers for a long time. You know, the light they give off is harmful to our eyes. In order to have good eyesight, we’d
better go out of the classroom to play with our classmates or do physical exercise during the breaks. Besides, doing eye exercises plays an important role in relaxing my tired eyes. Lastly I usually have my eyes examined every term to make sure my eyes stay healthy.
I hope you can take my advice and get better soon.
Yours，
Li Hua
参考范文
【此话题相关词汇及句型见《话题词句必背册》P15】
公众健康日（7月7日）旨在倡导“全民健康，快乐为本”的理念。随着生活水平的提高，健康越来越受到重视。你们准备组织一个关于“健康”主题的演讲活动，请你根据以下提示，写一篇短文，介绍如何保持健康。
写作要点:
1. Ways to keep healthy；
2. Your hope.
【2021宿迁改编】
1. 短文应包括提示中所有的写作要点，条理清楚，行文连贯，可适当发挥；
2. 短文中不能出现真实的人名和地名；
3. 词数不少于80，短文的开头已给出，不计入总词数。
With the improvement of living conditions, we are paying more and more attention to our health, which includes both physical and mental health. Then how can we students live a healthy and happy life
要求:
In a word, I hope everyone can have a healthy body and mind, and then we can live a healthy and happy life.
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Firstly, we should keep our bodies healthy. Not only do we need to eat healthy food, but also we need to exercise in a proper way every day. For example, we can run for 30 minutes every morning or play sports after school. Meanwhile, we still need enough sleep every day. Secondly, mental health is also very important. We need to love our life and try to be active. We should learn to get along well with others as well. When we’re sad, we can communicate with our parents, teachers and friends.(共59张PPT)
话题5 劳动与社会实践（2篇+3篇）
话题角度：日常活动、家务劳动、志愿服务社会实践和课外活动
（选择型阅读理解：2014 D）
【教材语篇链接】
单元 单元
七年级（下）Unit 2 日常活动 八年级（下）Unit 2 志愿服务
七年级（下）Unit 6 日常活动 八年级（下）Unit 3 家务劳动
八年级（上）Unit 8 做饭 八年级（下）Unit 10 庭院销售
教材优质语篇读写练
课外语篇拓展练
高频话题写作指导：劳动与社会实践
Passage 1 【人教八年级(下) Unit 3 Section A 3a, P19】
Last month, our dog welcomed me when I came home from school. He wanted a walk, but I was too tired.
I threw down my bag and went to the living room. The minute I sat down in front of the TV, my mom came over. “Could you please take the dog for a walk ” she asked.
“Could I watch one show first ” I asked. “NO!” she replied angrily. “You watch TV all the time and never help out around the house! I can’t work all day and do housework all evening.”
“Well, I work all day at school, too! I’m just as tired as you are!” I shouted back.
My mom did not say anything and walked away. For one week, she did not do any housework and neither did I. Finally, I could not find a clean dish or a clean shirt.
The next day, my mom came home from work to find the house clean and tidy.
“What happened ” she asked in surprise.
“I’m so sorry, Mom. I finally understand that we need to share the housework to have a clean and comfortable home,” I replied.
【I know them】
1.threw v. _________
→________（原形）
→_________（过去分词）
扔，掷
throw
thrown
2.living room _______
客厅
3.sat v. _____
→_____（原形）
短语：sit down _______
坐
sit
坐下
4.in front of _______________________
在……的前面（外部）
5.come over _______
过来
6.angrily adv. _________
生气地
做家务
8.do housework _________
和……一样……
9.as...as... _________________
整洁的
10.tidy adj. _________
惊讶地
11.in surprise _________
分享；分担；分摊
12.share v. ___________________
搭配：____________________ 和某人分享某物
share sth. with sb.
7.help out _________________________________
（帮助……）分担工作，解决难题
【I can think】
一、选择正确答案
( )1.Put the events in the correct order.
a. I had a quarrel with my mother.
b. I threw down my bag and went to the living room.
c. Our dog welcomed me when I came home from school.
d. My mother came home to find the house clean and tidy.
A. a-b-c-d B. d-c-b-a C. b-c-a-d D. c-b-a-d
D
( )2.What’s the purpose of the passage
A. To tell us the value of days with Mother.
B. To show us the importance of sharing the housework.
C. To show us how tired everyone in the family is.
D. To tell us to build a strong relationship with Mother.
B
( )3.What is the best title for the passage
A. A Lesson From a Quarrel B. One Day of My Daily Life
C. The Happiness With My Dog D. An Argument With My Mother
A
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.I’m just as tired as you are!
________________________________
He is as careful as his brother.
2..She did not do any housework and neither did I.
____________________________________________________
He didn’t join the swimming club and neither did I.
二、长难句分析
1.The next day, my mom came home from work to find the house clean and tidy.
本句中, find在句中的用法是 ___________________, 其意思是：
____________________________。
find sb./sth.+adj.
发现某人/某物处于某种状态
2.I finally understand that we need to share the housework to have a clean and comfortable home.
该句是一个含_______从句的主从复合句，从句的引导词是_______，从句中的动词不定式短语to have a clean and comfortable home作_______状语。
宾语
that
目的
Passage 2【人教八年级（下）Unit 2 Section A 3a，P11】
Students Who Volunteer
Mario Green and Mary Brown from Riverside High School give up several hours each week to help others.
Mario loves animals and wants to be an animal doctor. He volunteers at an animal hospital every Saturday morning. Mario believes it can help him to get his future dream job. “It’s hard work,” he says, “but I want to learn more about how to care for animals. I get such a strong feeling of satisfaction when I see the animals get better and the look of joy on their owners’ faces.”
Mary is a book lover. She could read by herself at the age of four. Last year she decided to try out for a volunteer after-school reading program. She still works there once a week to help kids learn to read. “The kids are sitting in the library, but you can see in their eyes that they’re going on a different journey with each new book. Volunteering here is a dream come true for me. I can do what I love to do and help others at the same time.”
【I know them】
1.____________v. 义务做；自愿做
volunteers
2.care for _______
照顾
3.such a strong feeling of...___________________
如此强烈的……感
4.satisfaction n. 满足；满意
→_________（v.）使满足；使满意
→__________（adj.）感到满足的；满意的
satisfy
satisfied
9.___________________ 同时
at the same time
5.owners n. _____________
物主；主人
6.try out _______________
参加……选拔
7.go on a different journey _____________________
踏上一段不同的旅程
8.____________ 实现
come true
【I can think】
一、选择正确答案
( )1.What does the underlined word “it” refer to in Paragraph 2
A. Mario loves animals. B. Mario volunteers at an animal hospital.
C. Mario wants to be a doctor. D. Mario is a middle school student.
B
( )2.Which of the following shows the structure of the passage
A. B. C.
A
( )3.What does the third paragraph mainly tell us
A. Mary helps the poor kids. B. Mary loves to read many books.
C. Mary helps kids learn to read. D. Mary loves to achieve her dream.
C
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.I want to learn more about how to care for animals.
_____________________________________________________________
I decide to know more about how to volunteer in the hospital.
2.I get such a strong feeling of satisfaction when I see the animals get better and the look of joy on their owners’ faces.
_________________________________________________________________
I get such a strong feeling of achievement when I get good grades.
二、回答问题
1.Would you like to give up several hours every week to help others
_________________
Yes, I’d like to.
2.If you would like to, give your reason（s）.
________________________________________________________________________
Because I can get such a strong feeling of satisfaction when I help others.
三、佳句积累
1. I can do what I love to do and help others at the same time.我可以做我喜欢做的事，同时帮助别人。
2. Volunteering here is a dream come true for me.在这里做志愿者对我来说是梦想成真。
Passage 1【2021丽水阅读B改编】
【读前预先练】
1.community n. _______
社区
2.neighborhood n. _______
街区
3.offer v._____________________
主动提出；自愿给予
4.make a difference_________________
起作用；有影响
5.improves v. _____________
改进；改善
6.noticed v. _________________
注意到；意识到
7.messy adj. _________
→_______（n.）混乱；凌乱
凌乱的
mess
9.have a great time___________
搭配：__________________________________ 做某事很开心
玩得开心
have a great/good time doing sth.
8.clean up___________
打扫干净
10.play chess _____________
下国际象棋
11.walk dogs _______
遛狗
12.hopeless adj. _________
绝望的
Is there something in your community that could be changed
Is there a person in your neighborhood who could offer help If
you’re hoping for someone to make a difference, that someone
could be you!
Volunteering your time is a great way to make a difference in your community. And you’ll feel good about doing something that helps people or improves the places around you.
This past summer, my friends and I noticed how messy our neighborhood park was. We wanted it to be different. We worked without parents or teachers to clean up the park. We had a great time making the park even better than before, and now the whole neighborhood is able to share and enjoy it again.
Maybe cleaning up a park isn’t your choice, though. No problem! You can turn anything that matters to you into a volunteer project. Do you like playing chess, reading, or spending time with your pet You can volunteer to do what you love to do. For example, you could help at an old people’s center, simply by talking or playing games with them to make their days better. If you’re great at math or English, you could volunteer to be a homework helper at your school. You’re always needed to walk dogs or play with cats. Or you can collect things for hopeless people, such as soap and toothbrushes.
You see, there is something for everyone. Whatever you do as a volunteer, your time will be enjoyed—and that always feels good. Kids everywhere are making a difference by volunteering. You can, too!
( )1.Who is the passage mainly written for
A. Kids. B. Parents.
C. Teachers. D. Neighbors.
A
( )2.What did the writer volunteer to do last summer
A. The writer walked dogs. B. The writer taught pupils math.
C. The writer talked with the old. D. The writer cleaned up the park.
D
( )3.What is the main idea of Paragraph 4
A. Collecting things has a lot of fun. B. Cleaning up a park isn’t your choice.
C. The old people always need help. D. Anything can become a volunteer job.
D
( )4.We can infer（推断）that the writer is full of when writing this passage.
A. thanks B. hope C. surprise D. worries
B
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.We had a great time making the park even better than before.
________________________________________
I had a great time singing at the party.
2.Kids everywhere are making a difference by volunteering.
_________________________________________________________________________
We could start small and we wanted to do something to make a difference.
二、回答问题
1.What’s the purpose of this passage
________________________________________
To encourage kids to do volunteer jobs.
2.What will you do if you want to make a difference by volunteering
____________________________________________
I will collect rubbish around our community.
三、佳句积累
1. If you’re hoping for someone to make a difference, that someone could be you!如果你希望有人能有所作为，那么这个人就是你！
2. You’ll feel good about doing something that helps people or improves the places around you.当你做一些能帮助他人或改善你周围环境的事情时，你会感觉很好。
3. You can volunteer to do what you love to do.你可以自愿做你喜欢做的事。
4. Whatever you do as a volunteer, your time will be enjoyed and that always feels good.无论你作为一名志愿者做什么，你所度过的时光都会很愉快，而且那总是感觉很好。
Passage 2【2021昆明阅读D】
【读前预先练】
1.worry v. _______
→__________（adj.）感到担心的
短语：______________________________ 担心
担心
worried
be worried about/worry about
2.independent adj. _________
独立的
3.stay by one’s side_______________
待在某人身边
4.be ready for_________________
为……做好准备
5.take care of_______
照顾
6.take pride in_____________
以……为傲
7.confidence n. _______
→___________（adj.）自信的
confident
8.develop good relationships with..._______________________
和……发展良好的关系
9.responsibility n._______
责任
pleted v._______
完成
11.on the top of the list___________
位居榜首
12.team spirit ___________
团队精神
13.life skills ___________
生活技能
自信
Lots of students are too busy doing their homework to help out with housework. So, many parents want to know if they should give their children chores. Well, there’s no need to worry. 1. ______
First, doing chores helps children learn to be independent. Parents can’t stay by their children’s side all the time. 2.______ And these skills will help them be ready for the day when they go to college or take care of their own houses.
3. ________ When children finish a chore, they will not only take pride in a job well done but also have confidence in their ability to do things well.
B
G
F
Third, doing chores makes it possible for children to develop good relationships with their family, friends and partners. Doing chores together with family can make children more caring for their family. And they begin to learn their responsibility in a family or a group. 4.______ They will know that if they work together as a team, things will be completed more quickly and better.
5. ______Yes! And it should be on the top of the list. Now, my friends, are you ready to help
D
A
A. Should children do chores
B. Chores are good for children.
C. What chores should children do
D. That helps them build team spirit.
E. Children cannot do chores without their parents’ help.
F. Second, doing chores helps children build self-confidence.
G. Children need to learn the necessary life skills to be independent.
【I can think】
选择正确答案
( )1.What’s the structure of the passage
A. B. C. D.
B
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.Many parents want to know if they should give their children chores.
_____________________________________________________
I want to know if you can help me with my English.
2.Doing chores makes it possible for children to develop good relationships with
their family, friends and partners.
_______________________________________________________________________
Sharing housework makes it possible for children to become independent.
二、回答问题
Do you think children should do housework Why or why not
____________________________________________________________________________________
Yes, I think children should do housework because children are also part of the family.
三、佳句积累
1. Doing chores helps children learn to be independent.做家务有助于孩子们学会独立。
2. Parents can’t stay by their children’s side all the time.父母不能一直陪在孩子们身边。
3. Doing chores together with family can make children more caring for their family.和家人一起做家务可以让孩子们更关心家人。
Passage 3
【读前预先练】
1.challenge n. _______
挑战
2.fit in _______
适应
3.path n. _______
道路
4.international students ___________
国际学生
5.opportunities n. _______
机会
6.shopping guide _______
导购
7.through prep. _______
通过
8.stressful adj. ___________
有压力的
9.include v. _______
包括
10.interpersonal communication ___________
人际沟通
11.time management ___________
时间管理
12.requires v. _______
需要
13.balance n. _______
平衡
Since I am a student in the second year of university now, I think it is the perfect time for me to take real responsibility for myself and begin a new challenge. I have already had a year to fit in at university, making friends, and finding out path for my future. This is the reason why I started to do a part-time job this year.
Interesting enough, local Canadian students can start doing part-time jobs as early as 16 years old. They usually work at places like fast food restaurants or coffee shops. International students like me, however, are not allowed to do off-campus（在校外） jobs if they are under 18. As a university student, I have a lot of opportunities to get a part-time job either on or off campus. If I get an on-campus job, I can work in the school libraries or bookshops. If I work outside of campus, I can be a shopping guide at the mall or work at fast food restaurants.
However, what I do for my part-time job is to help international high-school students learn the subjects like English and history. I help these students through online classes. This way, I am actually doing something that a lot of peoplenowadays could only dream of doing, working at home.
The job really isn’t too stressful because I have some teaching experience back from when I was in high school. I can also learn a lot from it. I see doing a part-time job as something that brings me a lot of advantages. For example, it notonly gives me some pocket money but also teaches me skills that cannot be learned from university classes. These include skills such as interpersonal communication, time management, and financial（财务的） planning.
Some may say that doing part-time jobs will have a bad influence on my school life since it will take time away from mystudies. However, I think that part-time jobs are not something that everyone should do. It requires the ability to manage one’s time judiciously and find the perfect balance between work and study.
( )1.What does the underlined word “They” in Paragraph 2 refer to
A. Local Canadian students. B. International students.
C. Chinese students. D. European students.
A
( )2.What is the third paragraph mainly about
A. The reason why English is difficult. B. Ways to give online classes.
C. The writer’s part-time job. D. Many people’s dream jobs.
C
( )3.What can doing a part-time job bring to the writer
①pocket money ②friends with the same interest ③interpersonal communication skills
④English knowledge ⑤time management ⑥ability to plan the use of money
A. ①②③⑥ B. ①②③⑤ C. ③④⑤⑥ D. ①③⑤⑥
D
( )4.What does the underlined word “judiciously” in Paragraph 5 mean
A. Patiently. B. Politely. C. Wisely. D. Quickly.
C
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.This is the reason why I started to do a part-time job this year.
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The reason why I am making a phone call to you is that I will go abroad and I want to say goodbye to you.
二、回答问题
1.What is the writer’s part-time job
_________________________________________________________________________________
To help international high-school students learn the subjects like English and history.
2.What skills can the writer learn from his part-time job
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Interpersonal communication skills, time management skills and financial planning skills.
3.What do you think of having a part-time job in the university
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
I think having a part-time job in the university is a good choice because it can not only help us learn something which can’t be learnt from school subjects but also give us financial awareness.
三、佳句积累
1. I think it is the perfect time for me to take real responsibility for myself and begin a new challenge. 我认为现在是我为自己承担真正的责任并开始新挑战的最佳时机。
2. I see doing a part-time job as something that brings me a lot of advantages.我认为做兼职能给我带来很多好处。
4. Doing part-time jobs requires the ability to manage one’s time judiciously and find the perfect balance between work and study.做兼职工作需要有能力明智地管理自己的时间，并在工作和学习之间找到完美的平衡。
3. It not only gives me some pocket money but also teaches me skills that cannot be learned from university classes.它不仅给了我一些零用钱，还教会了我大学课堂上学不到的技能。
分析江西近10年中考真题可知，书面表达未考查过“劳动与社会实践”这一话题；分析全国近4年中考真题可知，此话题为常考话题，且与学生生活息息相关，为初中阶段学生应掌握的重点话题。该话题通常有以下命题角度：①青少年是否应该做家务；②社会实践活动；③志愿者服务活动。
【2020烟台改编】
写作要点:
1. When will you take part in the activity
2. What will you do
3. What’s the meaning of the activity
要求:
1. 短文应包括提示中所有的写作要点，条理清楚，行文连贯，可适当发挥；
2. 短文中不能出现真实的人名和地名；
3. 词数不少于80，短文开头和结尾已给出，不计入总词数。
参考词汇：Labour Practice Week 劳动实践周 practice base 实践基地
Dear Scott,
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Yours,
Li Hua
谋篇布局
主题：“劳动实践周” 活动 开头:说明活动 时间，邀请对方参 加 时间：next week, from...to...
目的：invite, Welcome to join it.
句型：①Our school will hold a...next week/from...to....
②There will be a...in our school next week/from...to....
③Our school will have a...next week/from...to....
续表
中间：介绍活 动内容 内容：clean up, beautiful, tidy, practice base, cook, drive, shoot,
give a talk
句型：①We will do a lot in...to..., such as...
②We are going to...and...
③During the week, we will not only...but also...
④Besides..., we are going to..., too.
结尾：介绍活 动的意义 意义：meaningful, educational, learn much from, open our mind
句型：①I think it will be...
②In my opinion...
③The activity must be so...that...
How’s it going I’m glad to tell you a piece of good news. Our school will have a Labour Practice Week from September 1 to 7. Welcome you to join it.
During the week, we’ll clean up our campus completely to make our school more beautiful. What’s more, we can work in the practice base. It must be really interesting. We’ll learn to do lots of things, such as doing some cooking, driving a car, and even shooting. I can’t wait to take part in it! By the way， don’t forget to prepare a talk. Everyone has to give a talk about the activity at last. We’ll learn a lot and open our mind.
I’m looking forward to your coming. We will certainly have a good time together there!
Yours,
Li Hua
参考范文
Dear Scott,
【此话题相关词汇及句型见《话题词句必背册》P9】
上个月，你们班为 Children’s Home 的孩子们组织了一次爱心义卖活动（charity
sale）。请根据以下要点和要求，用英语写一篇短文向某英语网站投稿。
写作要点:
1. What preparations did you make for the charity sale
2. How is the result of the charity sale
3. What do you think of the charity sale
【2021绍兴改编】
要求:
1. 短文应包括提示中所有的写作要点，条理清楚，行文连贯，可适当发挥；
2. 短文中不能出现真实的人名和地名；
3. 词数不少于80。
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Last month, our class had a charity sale. Two days before the sale, we handed out notices to make our sale known by others. Then we made different things like food and toys. It was so much fun! When everything was ready, we started to sell the things. To our surprise, all the things were sold out in a short time! At last, we gave away the money we made to Children’s Home.
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
I think it was a meaningful experience. Making things helps develop our life skills. Meanwhile, we can learn how to communicate with others well. Last but not least, helping people makes us happy.(共39张PPT)
话题8 行为规范（1篇+2篇）
话题角度：家规、校规、遵守规则的意义
【教材语篇链接】
单元 单元
七年级（下）Unit 4 课堂秩序 九年级（全）Unit 7 行为规范
教材优质语篇读写练
课外语篇拓展练
高频话题写作指导：行为规范
Passage 1【人教七年级（下）Unit 4 Section B 2b,P23】
Dear Dr. Know,
There are too many rules! At 6:00 a.m., my mom says, “Get up now and make your bed!” After breakfast, my mom always says, “Don’t leave the dirty dishes in the kitchen!” After that, I run to school because I can’t be late. At school, we have more rules—don’t be noisy, don’t eat in class, ...
My dad says I can’t play basketball after school because I must do my homework. I can play only on weekends. After dinner, I can’t relax either. I must read a book before I can watch TV. But I have to go to bed before 10:00. Rules,
rules, rules! It’s terrible! What can I do, Dr. Know
Molly Brown, New York
Dear Molly,
I know how you feel. People always tell us, “Don’t do this!” or “You can’t do that!” But think about it, Molly. There are a lot of things you can do. You can play basketball on weekends. You can watch TV after you read a book. Parents and schools are sometimes strict, but remember, they make rules to help us. We have to follow them.
Good luck!
Dr.Know
【I know them】
1.rules n. _____________
规则；规章
2.get up_______
起床
3.make one’s bed _______
铺床
4._______ adj. 脏的
dirty
5.dishes n. _____________
短语：_______________ 清洗餐具
碟子；盘子
do the dishes
6._________ n. 厨房
kitchen
7.________ adj. 吵闹的；嘈杂的
→ _______（n.）噪声
短语：______________ 制造噪音
noisy
noise
make noises
8.__________adj. 非常讨厌的；可怕的
terrible
9.________ adj. 严格的;严厉的
strict
10.____________ v. 记住；记起
remember
11.________ v. 遵循；跟随
follow
【I can think】
一、选择正确答案
( )1.How long should Molly sleep a night according to Molly’s letter？
A. For at least 8 hours. B. For at least 7 hours.
C. For at least 6 hours. D. For at least 5 hours.
A
( )2.What does the underlined word “it” in Dr.Know’s letter refer to
A. Molly can do a lot of things. B. Molly can play basketball after school.
C. Molly isn’t allowed to do many things. D. The rules are good for Molly.
A
( )3.What’s the main idea of Dr.Know’s letter
A. Molly should study harder.
B. Molly should do things she likes.
C. Molly should follow the rules.
D. Molly should have more communication with her parents.
C
二、完成思维导图
【I can express】
回答问题
1.What must Molly do before she can watch TV
________________________
She must read a book.
2.What time does Molly have to go to bed
___________________
Before 10:00 p.m.
3.Do you follow your parents’ rules Why or why not
__________________________________________________________________________________
Yes. Because I think they are helpful. /No. Because these rules make me feel stressed.
Passage 1【2021河北完形填空改编】
【读前预先练】
1.see...as a way _____________________
把……看作一种方式
2.control v. _______
控制
3.think about _______________
回想起，想到
4.ancient adj._________________
古老的；以前的
5.right n. _______
权利
6.punish v._______
惩罚
7.cause v. _______
导致
8.raise one’s hands _______________
举起某人的手
9.out of turn _________________
无序；杂乱无章
10.be able to _____________
能够，可以
11.prepare for _______________
为……做准备
12.meaningless adj.___________
→ _____________（反义词）有意义的
无意义的
meaningful
13.in disorder ____________
混乱;无序
Every school has rules for students to follow. However, some students may see the . .1. . as a way which teachers control them. Sometimes, they’re unhappy and even feel . .2. .. Well, if you think your life is hard, you might think about the . .3. . in ancient times. For some of them, life was . .4. . hard.
In the old days, people believed that teachers had to be very. .5. . and had the right to punish the students. Parents didn’t mind if teachers punished their children when their children didn’t do what they were . .6. . to do. Often, the stricter a teacher was, the more . .7. . thought he or she was a good teacher.
. .8. ., following school rules can be very important. For example, running in the hallways could cause a student to . .9. .. It may hurt himself . .10. . another person. Following the rules can also help the students in the classroom to learn . .11. . difficulty. In class, a teacher may ask students to raise their hands . .12. . they speak. If someone speaks out of turn, other students might not be able to hear the teacher . .13. .. School rules can help students prepare for . .14. . own futures as well. When they . .15. . up and go out on their own, they’ll soon find that they still need to follow rules.
Rules make the world much better. If there are no rules, life will be meaningless and in disorder.
( )1.A. rules B. excuses C. facts D. examples
A
( )2.A. tired B. angry C. excited D. good
B
( )3.A. doctors B. parents C. teachers D. students
D
( )4.A. hardly B. really C. patiently D. nearly
B
( )5.A. kind B. clever C. strict D. careful
C
( )6.A. told B. heard C. invited D. watched
A
( )7.A. officers B. neighbors C. parents D. farmers
( )8.A. At first B. To my surprise C. For example D. In fact
D
( )9.A. come out B. fall down C. move on D. pass by
B
( )10.A. when B. if C. but D. or
D
C
D
( )15.A. hurry B. look C. grow D. dress
C
( )14.A. our B. your C. their D. his
C
( )13.A. clearly B. luckily C. quickly D. politely
A
( )12.A. because B. though C. before D. unless
C
( )11.A. about B. from C. except D. without
D
【I can express】
一、句子翻译
1.In the old days, people believed that teachers had to be very strict and had the right to punish the students.
___________________________________________________________
在以前，人们认为老师必须非常严格，并且有惩罚学生的权利。
2.School rules can help students prepare for their own futures as well.
_________________________________________
校规也可以帮助学生为他们的未来做准备。
二、句子仿写
1.However, some students may see the rules as a way which teachers control them.
______________________________________________________________________________
Some educators see homework as a way to help students perform better in tests.
2.Often, the stricter a teacher was, the more parents thought he or she was a good teacher.
___________________________________________________
The higher they climb, the thinner the air becomes.
三、回答问题
1.What’s the topic sentence of the passage
___________________________________
Rules make the world much better.
2.What do you think of rules
_________________________________________________________________________________________
Rules make our lives safer and more convenient. Obeying rules reflects people’s inner quality.
Passage 2【2021贺州阅读C改编】
【读前预先练】
1.be hard for sb. to do sth._______________________
对某人来说做某事很难
2.resist v. _______
抵制
3.brought v. _______
→ ________（原形）
→ __________（过去分词）
带来
bring
brought
4.cheat v. _______
作弊
5.get in touch with _________________
与……取得联系
6.make sure _______
确保
7.turn off _________________
关掉（开关等）
合理的，恰当的
9.reasonable adj._________________
自由
10.freedom n. _______
必然，必定
11.necessarily adv. _____________
在某人看来
12.in one’s opinion_____________
以……为基础
13.be based on_______________
遵守
14.obey v. _______
8.break the rule ___________
违反规则
Mobile phone used among school kids has become a problem for the school years, so one of the rules in our country says that school kids are not allowed to bring mobile phones to school.
It is a good rule because it is hard for school kids to resist the temptation（诱惑）of mobile phones. Mobile phone was a distraction（分心事）to students during school hours and it also brought teachers so much trouble in class before. Sometimes students might use mobile phones to cheat during exams.
However, some parents feel unhappy because they can’t get in touch with their children. Many people say that they understand why these parents would want their children to have phones, but all of them think schools should let the students know
when they can use their mobile phones. So in lots of schools, if a student needs to bring a phone to school, his or her parents will have to write a statement and make sure that the phone is turned off during class. If the student breaks the rule and uses his or her phone during class, the student will be warned.
This is a reasonable rule, isn’t it Under such a rule, students still have some freedom, and they learn how to improve self-discipline（自律能力）and live with new technologies. So rules do not necessarily mean there will be no freedom. In my opinion, freedom is based on good rules, so students should obey school rules.
( )1.School kids in our country have been stopped from carrying mobile phones .
A. to their schools B. to the hospital
C. to the supermarket D. to the library
A
( )2.What does the underlined word “statement” probably mean in the passage
A. Story. B. Book. C. Explanation. D. Notice.
C
( )3.Why do some parents feel unhappy about the rules
A. Because they can’t use their mobile phones.
B. Because their kids have to help the teachers with their work.
C. Because their kids leave their mobile phones in the school office.
D. Because they can’t get in touch with their children.
D
( )4.Which sentence is NOT true according to the passage
A. All of the school kids can resist the temptation of mobile phones.
B. It is necessary to stop students from using mobile phones at school.
C. Students mustn’t have mobile phones at school unless their parents write a statement.
D. Freedom is based on good rules, so students should obey school rules.
A
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.So in lots of schools, if a student needs to bring a phone to school, his or her parents will have to write a statement and make sure that the phone is turned off during class.
_______________________________________________________________________________
Before handing in your exam paper,make sure you have written your name on it.
2.In my opinion, freedom is based on good rules, so students should obey school rules.
_________________________________________________________________
Being a knowledgeable man is based on a large amount of reading.
二、回答问题
1.What’s the writer’s idea in the passage
____________________________________________________________________
Freedom is based on good rules, so students should obey school rules.
2.What is your opinion on the relationship between freedom and rules
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
Rules aren’t limitations. Instead, they are another kind of freedom. Rules make us get better freedom.
三、长难句分析
1.It is a good rule because it is hard for school kids to resist the temptation（诱惑）of mobile phones.
本句是一个复合句，其中because引导_______状语从句。本句意为：_______________________________________________________
原因
这是一个很不错的规则，因为学生们很难抵制手机的诱惑。
2.So in lots of schools, if a student needs to bring a phone to school, his or her parents will have to write a statement and make sure that the phone is turned off during class.
本句是一个复合句，其中if引导_______状语从句，本句的主句为：______________________________________________________________________________________________________。
条件
his or her parents will have to write a statement and make sure that the phone is turned off during class
分析江西近10年中考真题可知，书面表达未考查过“行为规范”这一话题,但分析全国近4年中考真题可知，此话题为高频话题，通常有以下命题角度：①介绍校规或家规；②就如何做文明的中学生给出建议。
家有家规，校有校规。假定你是李华，请你根据下面的要点和要求，用英语写一篇文章，介绍你们学校的新校规，并谈谈你的看法。
写作要点:
1. Your school rules; →一般现在时；第三人称、第一人称
2. Your opinion. →一般现在时；第一人称
【2021贵港改编】
要求:
1. 短文应包括提示中所有的写作要点，条理清楚，行文连贯，可适当发挥；
2. 短文中不能出现真实的人名和地名；
3. 词数不少于80。
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
主题：新校规 开头：制定新校规的目的 目的：strengthen, management, in good order, more effective
句型：①We have...recently.
②There are several...in my school.
③The purpose of...is...
④In order to/that...
中间：新校规的具体内容 内容：bring cellphones, sleep for at least...hours a day, read, exercise, no fighting
句型：①We should/shouldn’t/can’t/ought to/must...
②We are asked to...
③We are supposed to...
④No fighting and no...
⑤Don’t...
⑥We are warned（not） to...
谋篇布局
结尾：看法 看法：good, suitable, fit for, effective
句型：①I think it is...
②In my opinion, ...
③It’s really...
④All these are...
⑤I believe that...
续表
参考范文
Recently，in order to further strengthen the management of students in school and make the students in good order，many schools have made new school rules. Here, I’d like to share them with all of you.
We are not allowed to bring cellphones to class. We ought to sleep for at least nine hours a day. We should read a good book a week. We are also told to exercise for an hour every day. The important one is that we are warned not to fight. Of course we should follow the traffic rules on our way home and to school.
I think these rules not only are good for our healthy growth, but also make our school in better order. So we must follow them. ol l
【此话题相关词汇及句型见《话题词句必背册》P14】
假定你是李华，你最近在某中学生英语论坛中看到了一位名叫Sue的学生发表了关于校规的帖子，她不喜欢穿校服，而且对学生不准带手机到学校很反感。请你根据以下要点和要求，用英文给Sue写一篇回帖谈谈你关于这两条校规的看法。
写作要点:
1. What is your idea towards wearing the school uniform？
2. What is your idea towards not taking mobile phones to school？
3. How should students think of school rules
要求:
1. 短文应包括提示中所有的写作要点，条理清楚，行文连贯，可适当发挥；
2. 短文中不能出现真实的人名和地名；
3. 词数不少于80，短文开头和结尾已给出，不计入总词数。
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
Yours，
Li Hua
Therefore, we should obey the school rules and be excellent students.
I think it’s good for students to wear the school uniform. The school uniform is comfortable and good for children’s health. In addition, I agree with this school rule that students should not take mobile phones to school. In this way, students can study quietly without mobile phones and not using mobile phones also helps protect their eyes. What’s more, without a mobile phone, you will have more time to communicate with your classmates.
Hi，Sue. Let me tell you what I think of the two school rules you mentioned.(共66张PPT)
话题3 人际交往（2篇+4篇）
话题角度：沟通的问题及建议、交朋友的注意事项、与他人相处的建议、如何成为好的交流者
（完形填空B：2019，2014；还原短文型阅读理解：2020；书面表达：2019）
【教材语篇链接】
单元 单元
八年级 (上) Unit 9 发出邀请 八年级 (下) Unit 4 人际沟通
八年级 (下) Unit 3 礼貌地提出请求 九年级（全）Unit 3 礼貌咨询
教材优质语篇读写练
课外语篇拓展练
高频话题写作指导:人际交往
Passage 1【人教九年级（全）Unit 3 Section B 2b, P22】
Could You Please...
When you visit a foreign country, it is important to know how to ask for help politely. For example, you may ask “Where are the restrooms ” or “Could you please tell me where the restrooms are ” These are similar requests for directions. Both are correct, but the first one sounds less polite. That is because it is a very direct question. It is not enough to just ask a question correctly. We also need to learn how to be polite when we ask for help.
Good speakers change the way they speak in different situations. The expressions they use might depend on whom they are speaking to or how well they know each other. It is all right to ask direct questions to your classmates because you know them well. However, if you say to your teacher, “When is the school trip ”, this might sound impolite. But if you say, “Excuse me, Mr. West. Do you know when the school trip is ”, this will sound much more polite.
Usually polite questions are longer. They include expressions such as “Could you please ... ” or “May I ask... ” It sounds more polite to say, “Peter, could you please tell me your e-mail address ” than “Peter, tell me your e-mail address.” Sometimes we even need to spend time leading into a request. For example, we might first say to a stranger, “Excuse me, I wonder if you can help me” or “I’m sorry to trouble you, but...” before asking for help.
It might seem more difficult to speak politely than directly. However, it is important to learn how to use the right language in different situations. This will help you communicate better with other people.
【I know them】
1.foreign adj. _________
→___________ （n.） 外国人
外国的
foreigner
2.politely adv. _________
礼貌地
3.for example _______
例如
4.similar adj._________
短语：_______________与……相似
相似的
be similar to
5.requests n.& v._____________
要求；请求
6.directions n. _______
短语：_________________四面八方
方向
in all directions
在不同的情况下
9.in different situations _________________
依靠；依赖；取决于
10.depend on_____________________
然而
11.however adv._______
引出；引发
12.lead into_____________
陌生人
13.stranger n._________
→_________ （adj.） 陌生的；奇怪的
strange
想知道
14.wonder v._________
7.correct adj. _________
正确的
8.direct adj._________
直接的
打扰
麻烦
15.trouble v._______ n._______
短语：_______________处于困境中
_________________惹上麻烦；陷入困境
_______________________________在做某事方面有困难
be in trouble
get into trouble
have trouble （in） doing sth.
与……交流
municate with_____________
【I can think】
选择正确答案
( )1.How did the writer support his idea in Paragraph 2
A. By setting an example. B. By showing others’ ideas.
C. By showing a survey result. D. By using a mind map.
A
( )2.Which is a polite way of speaking according to the writer
A. Use simple expressions. B. Use the word “please”.
C. Use shorter sentences. D. Use direct questions.
B
( )3.What’s the writer’s attitude to speaking politely
A. It’s easy. B. It’s necessary. C. It’s useless. D. It’s helpless.
B
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.It is important to know how to ask for help politely.
__________________________________________________________________
It is important to do morning exercises for half an hour every day.
2.Sometimes we even need to spend time leading into a request.
_____________________________________________________________________________
If you spend more time practising English, your oral English will improve a lot.
二、佳句积累
1. Good speakers change the way they speak in different situations.会说话的人在不同的情况下会改变他们说话的方式。
2. Sometimes we even need to spend time leading into a request.有时候我们需要花点儿时间来引出自己的请求。
3. It might seem more difficult to speak politely than directly.礼貌地讲话似乎比直说难很多。
Passage 2【冀教九年级 Unit 9 Lesson 52, P136】
Students often gather together in small, closed groups. If you are not part of a group, it can be difficult for you to be accepted. This is especially true if you can’t speak to the members of the group in their language.
This was the situation Sam faced each day as he went to class. Sam and his family moved to France last month. Before he arrived, he knew there would be many difficulties. But they were even worse than he imagined.
Every lunch hour, after arriving at his new school, Sam sat alone in the dining hall. He looked at all the different groups of students around him. But he had no way to let them know that he was a good person. He simply couldn’t find the right words to reach them.
Sam knew he had to find a way to change the situation. Somehow, he had to adapt to this new environment. He did a little research on the Internet and discovered that smiling is a universal language—it is understood everywhere.
One morning, as Sam was walking by a group of students, he smiled at them. A boy in the group smiled back at him. For Sam, that was a good beginning. Later, he noticed the boy coming towards him in the hall with a warm smile on his face. Sam returned the smile.
Soon the boy asked Sam to join him and his group of friends for lunch. Although Sam wasn’t able to say much in French, everyone smiled and laughed. Before he knew it, Sam had a group of friends, and they all wanted to help him learn French.
That day he experienced the power of a smile.
【I know them】
1.gather together_____________
聚集在一起
2.closed adj._______________________
→_______（v.）关；关闭
封闭的；不接受新人的
close
3.accepted v._______
接受
4.especially adv._______
尤其
5.imagined v._____________
→_____________（n.）想象力
搭配：____________________想象做某事
想象；设想
imagination
imagine doing sth.
6.alone adv._______
搭配：_____________________不打扰某人；不管某人
独自
leave someone alone
7.simply adv._______________
→_________ （adj.）简单的
simple
8.find a way to..._____________________
找到一种方法来……
9.adapt to_______
适应
10.universal language___________
通用语言
11.smile at_____________
朝……微笑
12.beginning n._____________
→________ （v.）开始；着手
开始；开头
begin
13.noticed v._________
搭配：___________________注意到某人做某事（全过程）
_____________________注意到某人正在做某事（正在进行）
注意到
notice sb. do sth.
notice sb. doing sth.
仅仅；只不过
14.power n._____________
→___________( adj.)有权力的；强大的
powerful
权力；力量
【I can think】
一、选择正确答案
( )1.What does the underlined word “reach” mean in Paragraph 3
A. Get help from. B. Talk to. C. Agree with. D. Listen to.
B
( )2.What’s the third paragraph mainly about
A. Sam’s advice. B. Sam’s problem. C. Sam’s opinion. D. Sam’s weakness.
B
( )3.What may be the best title for this passage
A. The Art of Language B. The Power of a Smile
C. The Fun of Sharing D. The Beauty of Friendship
B
二、完成思维导图
·
·
·
·
·
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.Somehow, he had to adapt to this new environment.
______________________________________________
We need time to adapt to the new school life.
2.For Sam, that was a good beginning.
______________________________________________________
Being brave to face the difficulties is a good beginning.
3.Later, he noticed the boy coming towards him in the hall with a warm smile on his face.
__________________________________________________________________
The stranger answered my question with a warm smile on her face.
二、回答问题
1.Can you retell this story with several sentences
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
When Sam moved to France, he felt lonely at school. He found a good way to change the situation—smile. Then he made a group of friends. He experienced the power of a smile.
2.Do you find it difficult to adapt to a new environment
________________________
Yes, I do. /No, I don’t.
3.Give some advice to new students on how to adapt to a new environment （至少两条）
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
First, you should be friendly to others and try to smile at your classmates. Second, you can offer help to those in need as much as possible.
Passage 1【2021北部湾经济区阅读 C 改编】
【读前预先练】
1.passengers n. _______
乘客
2.silent adj. _________
→_________（n.）沉默；不作声
沉默的
silence
3.have a conversation with_____________
与……交谈
4.loudly adv. _________
大声地
5.take...seriously___________
重视……
6.truly adv. _________
→_______（adj.）真正的；真实的→________（n.）事实
真正地
true
truth
8.quiet adj._________
9.cheer up_____________________
10.hopefully adv. _______
11.mattered v._________________
12.community n._____________
安静的
振作起来；欢呼起来
但愿
有关系；有影响
社区；团体
7.show up_____________
出现；露面
I usually took a bus to school. I found that most passengers
were silent and never had a conversation with anyone else.
About a year ago, an old man got on the bus and said loudly to the driver, “Good morning!” Most people looked up, wondering why, and the bus driver didn’t take it seriously and just replied in a cold voice, “Mm-hmm”. The next day the man got on and again he said in a loud voice, “Good morning!” to the driver. Another “Mm-hmm”. By the fifth day, the driver finally answered him with a little happy “Good morning!” Then the man said, “My name is Benny.” The driver told the man that he was Sam.
That was the first time any of us had heard the driver’s name and soon people began to talk to each other and say hello to Sam and Benny. Soon Benny spread his happy “Good morning!” to the whole bus. Within a few days, his “Good morning!” was returned by a lot of “Good mornings” and the whole bus seemed to be friendlier. People got to know each other.
“Benny truly showed friendship among us with a simple ‘Good morning!’,” I thought.
Then suddenly, Benny stopped showing up. Everyone began to ask about Benny, wondering what happened to him. No one knew what to do and the bus got quiet again. So, last week, I started to act like Benny and say “Good morning!” to everyone and the whole bus cheered up again. Hopefully, Benny could come back to see his “Good morning!” mattered a lot.
Sometimes we see some strangers so many times that we know their faces well, but we never even say hello to them. By saying hello, friendship starts to grow, and sunshine comes to the world around us, and love spreads over the community we are in. Why not start a “hello” today
( )1.With the first “Mm-hmm”, the driver .
A. remembered Benny at once
B. wanted to know more about Benny
C. was happy with Benny’s action
D. didn’t care about Benny’s “Good morning!”
D
( )2.Why did the writer start to act like Benny
A. Because he liked to make friends with strangers.
B. Because he wanted to cheer up the whole bus again.
C. Because Benny asked him to say “Good morning!”
D. Because he thought what Benny did was interesting.
B
( )3.What is the best title for this passage
A. Friendship Begins With a Hello B. Five “Mm-hmms” Change a Lot
C. Sunshine Warms Your Heart D. Build an Honest Community
A
( )4.Which of the following best shows the structure of the passage
A. B. C. D.
C
【I can express】
一、回答问题
1.What’s the main idea of the passage
__________________________________________________________________________
A simple hello can build up the friendship among us and the people around.
2.What will you do if you are in a strange camp team
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
I will start to say hello or “Good morning” to others first because I think this can make friendship among us team members.
二、佳句积累
1. Sometimes we see some strangers so many times that we know their faces well, but we never even say hello to them.有时我们会看到一些陌生人很多次，以至于我们很了解他们的面孔，但我们却从不向他们打招呼。
2. By saying hello, friendship starts to grow, and sunshine comes to the world around us, and love spreads over the community we are in.通过说“hello”,友谊会开始生长，阳光会照耀到我们周围的世界，爱会传遍我们的社区。
Passage 2【2020河南词语运用改编】
【读前预先练】
1.friendship n. _______
友谊
2.hand in hand_______________
手拉手；联合
3.have...in common___________________
在……有共同之处
4.go great ___________
进展顺利
5.stick around ___________
待着不走
6.honest adj. _________
诚实的
7.value v._______
珍惜
8.whenever and wherever _______________
无论何时何地
9.develop v._____________
→______________ （n.） 发展
→____________ （adj.） 发展中的
→____________（adj.） 发达的
发展；形成
development
developing
developed
present if last them usual to interest good do have
Friendship and kindness go hand in hand. A friendship can 1. ____ forever when friends are kind to each other.
People 2. _________ become friends because they have something in common. They share many of the same 3. ________ and like to be together. It is easy to be a friend when everything is going great, but a true friend is the one who sticks around in both the 4. ______ times and the bad times. A good friend will cheer you up when you are 5. _________ a bad day. Show a friend your care. Ask the other person, “What can I do to help you ” and be willing 6.________ it.
last
usually
interests
good
having
to do
Listen to your friends. Be honest. Tell 7. _______ what is wrong if they have hurt you. Send a card, give them a little 8. _________, or call them on the phone just to say “I value our friendship”. Help whenever and wherever you can. Good friendships are not easy to develop, but a friendship can last forever 9. _______ you are loyal（忠诚的） and sincere（真诚的）. If you are a friend 10. _______ others, they will usually be a friend to you. Friends make life better.
them
present
if
to
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.People usually become friends because they have something in common.
_____________________________________________________________
Lily and I are best friends because we have a lot in common.
2.A good friend will cheer you up when you are having a bad day.
_______________________________________________________
Whenever I feel down, David will come to cheer me up.
二、回答问题
1.What’s the topic sentence of the passage
__________________________________________
Friendship and kindness go hand in hand.
2.What kind of people do you think can become friends easily
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The ones who have something in common can become friends easily./The ones who share the same hobbies can become friends easily.
3.How can you be a good friend to others
________________________________________________________________________
I should be loyal and sincere to my friends./I should be friendly to others.
三、佳句积累
1. Friendship and kindness go hand in hand. 友谊和善良是密不可分的。
2. It is easy to be a friend when everything is going great, but a true friend is the one who sticks around in both the good times and the bad times. 在事情进展顺利时当一个朋友很简单，但是真正的朋友是无论你身处顺境还是逆境都对你不离不弃的人。
3. Good friendships are not easy to develop, but a friendship can last forever if you are loyal and sincere. 真正的友谊很难形成，但是如果你们忠诚且真诚，你们的友谊就能一直持续下去。
Passage 3【2021吉林阅读B改编】
【读前预先练】
1.succeed in doing sth._______________________
在做某事方面取得成功
2.reach goals___________
相关搭配：set goals___________
实现目标
设立目标
3.support v._______
支持
4.on the one hand..., on the other hand...___________________________
一方面……，另一方面……
5.communicate with_____________
与……交流
6.feeling of satisfaction _________
满足感
7.build v._____________
搭建；建立
8.relationships n._______
关系
9.efforts n._______
搭配：___________________________努力做某事
make an effort to do sth.
10.get along well with_________________
与……和睦相处
11.worries n._____________
担心；担忧
12.solve v._______
短语：________________________解决问题
解决
solve the problem（s）
13.encourage v._______
→________________ （n.）激励；鼓励
搭配：_________________________鼓励某人做某事
鼓励
encouragement
encourage sb. to do sth.
14.achieve v._____________
实现；达到
15.be supposed to do sth._____________
应该做某事
努力
17.full of energy___________
充满能量
16.in a word___________
总而言之
Parents helped us in all sides when we were very young. As we grow older, we may help them. Families can succeed in reaching goals when all family members help one another.
What makes real family members Whoever we are, our family members are the most important in our lives. Family members support each other in many ways besides money or helping around the house. On the one hand, we can share our hopes, dreams or problems when we communicate with them. On the other hand, we can get a strong feeling of satisfaction and confidence with their help.
How to build good family relationships needs a lot of efforts. Firstly, everyone in the family needs to get along well with each other and shouldn’t have conflicts. Secondly, family members should share thoughts and feelings while eating meals, traveling or working together. Thirdly, we should talk with each other about our worries and then solve them together because family members can encourage one another to set goals and achieve dreams. Finally, we are supposed to spend time listening to family members. Listening shows we care about them as much as they care about us.
In a word, family members can make us full of energy and powerful all the time.
( )1.What does the underlined word “them” in Paragraph 1 refer to
A. Our teachers. B. Our friends. C. Our classmates. D. Our parents.
D
( )2.What is the main idea of Paragraph 2
A. We should try to get on well with our family members.
B. Having good family members helps us live a peaceful life.
C. Our family members are the most important in our lives.
D. When our family members are in trouble, we should help them.
C
( )3.What does the underlined word “conflicts” mean
A. Discussions. B. Fights. C. Choices. D. Plans.
B
( )4.How many ways are there to build good family relationships in Paragraph 3
A. One. B. Two. C. Three. D. Four.
D
【I can express】
一、句子翻译
1.Families can succeed in reaching goals when all family members help one another.
_________________________________________________
当家人之间互相帮助时，家庭才能成功地实现目标。
2.Thirdly, we should talk with each other about our worries and then solve them together because family members can encourage one another to set goals and achieve dreams.
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
第三，我们应该和彼此聊聊自己的忧虑，然后共同解决困难，因为家庭成员之间可以鼓励彼此制定目标并实现梦想。
二、回答问题
1.What’s the main idea of the third paragraph
________________________________________
How to build good family relationships
2.What will you do to build up your good family relationships （2~3点，言之有理即可）
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
First, we should respect each other. Second, we should help each other and consider others’ points of view. Third, we should work hard together. Fourth, we should listen to family members patiently and take good care of them.
三、佳句积累
On the one hand, we can share our hopes, dreams or problems when we communicate with them. On the other hand, we can get a strong feeling of satisfaction and confidence with their help.一方面，当我们与他们交流的时候，我们可以分享希望、梦想或者难题；另一方面，在他们的帮助下，我们可以获得强烈的满足感和自信。
Passage 4
【读前预先练】
1.part of _______________
……的一部分
2.stressful adj. ___________
有压力的
3.determine v. _______
确定
4.completely adv. _________
完全地
5.be not aware of _________
不知道
6.address v. _______
解决
7.frustrating adj. _____________
令人沮丧的
8.respect v. _______
尊重
9.figure out _____________
理解；弄清
11.in advance _______
12.thoughts n. _______
13.feel comfortable doing sth. _________________
14.talk to _____________
15.directly adv. _________
16.campus n. _______
17.resident adviser _______
18.hall staff member _______________
19.trained v. _______
提前
想法
做某事觉得舒服
和……对话
直接地
校园
宿管
宿舍工作人员
培训
10.main issues ___________
主要矛盾
Roommate conflicts（矛盾） are part of many people’s college experiences, and they can be stressful. With a little patience and communication, though, it doesn’t have to be the end of the roommate relationship. Here are some skills to help you.
Determine If There Is a Problem
If you think you’re having roommate problems, one of the two things is possible: Your roommate knows it, too, or your roommate is completely clueless. Things may be bad when the two of you are together in the room; on the contrary, your roommate may have no idea how frustrated（沮丧的） you are at how often he finishes off your bread after football practice. If your roommate isn’t aware of the problem, make sure you know what it is before you try to address it with him.
Get Clear About Your Issues
Sit and think about what is really frustrating to you. Try writing down the most important. Is your roommate:
Failing to respect your space and/or things
Coming home late and making a lot of noise
Address the Problem(s)
Once you’ve figured out the main issues, talk to your roommate at a time that is good for both of you. Set this time in advance. Chances are that your roommate knows that you both need to talk, so give him a few days to compose（梳理） his thoughts.
However, if you don’t feel comfortable talking to your roommate directly, that’s OK, too. But you do need to address the problem（s）. If you live on campus, talk to your resident adviser or other hall staff members. Each is trained to help residents with roommate problems and will know what to do, even if you don’t.
( )1.What can we get from Paragraph 1
A. People have no stress in college.
B. Roommate conflicts are common in college.
C. Your roommates can be part of your family.
D. If you don’t have friends, you’d better read the passage.
B
( )2.What does the underlined word “clueless” mean
A. Friendly. B. Knowing nothing.
C. Not being able to help you. D. Always being able to help you.
B
( )3.The writer suggests some ways to deal with a fight with a roommate. Put the following ways in the correct order.
a. Find out what makes you unhappy really.
b. You can set a time to talk with your roommate in advance.
c. Determine if there is a problem between you and your roommate.
A. c-b-a B. b-a-c C. a-c-b D. c-a-b
D
( )4.Why does the writer write this passage
A. To set aims so that he can go to a college.
B. To help you know how to study in college.
C. To make students be careful when helping others.
D. To give some ways to deal with roommate conflicts.
D
分析江西近10年中考真题可知, 2017年书面表达考查“人际交往”这一话题, 以微笑为角度进行考查。分析全国近4年真题可知, 此话题为常考话题, 通常有以下命题角度：①人际交往中出现的问题及其建议；②与他人交往的经历及感受；③人际交往的重要性。
（2021德阳改编）
写作要点:
1. Why is teamwork important 用第三人称
2. How can we cooperate 用第一人称表示客观事实，用一般现在时
3. What’s your hope about teamwork 表达自己的期望，用一般将来时、第一人称
1. 短文应包括提示中所有的写作要点，条理清楚，行文连贯，可适当发挥；
2. 短文中不能出现真实的人名和地名；
3. 词数不少于80，短文开头和结尾已给出，不计入总词数。
要求：
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Thanks for your listening.
Teamwork is important
Good morning, everyone! My topic today is “Teamwork is important”.
谋篇布局
标题：Teamwork is important(已给出) 开头：引入 主题 (已给出)
中间：合作重要的原因、可以合作的方面及对于合作的期望 要点1：团队合作重要的原因：
原因：finish the task more quickly; save time and energy;
learn from each other
句型：①The reason why teamwork is important is that...
②Teamwork is important because...
③Because of...
④Teamwork is important for...
中间：合作重要的原因、可以合作的方面及对于合作的期望 要点2：可以合作的方面：
方面：①in study: discuss in groups; learn better
②in games: basketball; soccer...
③in outdoor activities: climbing; picnic...
句型：①We can cooperate in...such as...
②It’s necessary for us to cooperate with each
other in...
要点3：关于合作的期望：
期望：be willing to cooperate; cooperate more
续表
中间：合作重要的原因、可以合作的方面及对于合作的期望 句型：①I hope/expect/wish that...
②It’s my great wish that...
③...is my greatest wish.
④I’m looking forward to...
结尾：感谢 （已给出）
续表
Teamwork is important because it can not only help us finish the work more quickly, but also save us a lot of time and energy. Besides, we can also learn from each other by working together.
Do you know how we can work together To start with, we should cooperate with each other in study, especially in some difficult subjects such as physics and chemistry. Secondly, it’s necessary for us to cooperate with others in games like basketball, football and the relay race.
I hope there will be more people willing to cooperate with each other and cooperate more.
Teamwork is important
Good morning, everyone! My topic today is “Teamwork is important”.
参考范文
Thanks for your listening.
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
【此话题相关词汇及句型见《话题词句必背册》P5】
英国诗人约翰·多恩曾说过:“没有人是一座孤岛”。请以“No man is an island”为题,并根据要点和要求，用英语写一篇短文,介绍你对这句话的理解及你有这样理解的原因。
写作要点:
1. What’s your understanding of this sentence
2. What makes you have such understanding
要求：
1. 短文应包括提示中所有的写作要点，条理清楚，行文连贯，可适当发挥；
2. 短文中不能出现真实的人名和地名；
3. 词数不少于80。
No man is an island
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
“No man is an island” is a saying I like most. We need friends around us. Without them, life will be hard and boring.
Last term, I did badly in math and I really wanted to give it up. Luckily, my friend Tom noticed that and he encouraged me to face the problem bravely. Also he offered to help me with my maths and advised me to solve the problems one by one. He inspired me and taught me how to work out maths problems patiently. Thanks to him, I made great progress.
________________________________________________________________
It’s love and help from friends that make our lives full of joy and warmth.(共109张PPT)
话题2 人物故事（3篇+8篇）
话题角度：人物经历、教育故事
【教材语篇链接】
单元 单元
八年级（下）Unit 1 Aron Ralston的励志故事 九年级（全）Unit 4 我们的变化
八年级（下）Unit 5 难忘的事情 九年级（全）Unit 11 比赛后的感受
角度1人物经历
教材优质语篇读写练
课外语篇拓展练
角度2教育故事
教材优质语篇读写练
课外语篇拓展练
高频话题写作指导:经历与感受
角度1
人物经历（2篇+6篇）
（完形填空A：2013-2012 ；完形填空B：2012；选择型阅读理解：2021 B, 2019 B, 2017-2015 B；还原短文型阅读理解：2014；书面表达：2017）
Passage 1【人教九年级（全）Unit 4 Section A 3a, P26】
From Shy Girl to Pop Star
For this month’s Young World magazine, I interviewed 19-year-old Asian pop star Candy Wang. Candy told me that she used to be really shy and took up singing to deal with her shyness. As she got better, she dared to sing in front of her class, and then for the whole school. Now she’s not shy anymore and loves singing in front of crowds.
I asked Candy how life was different after she became famous. She explained that there are many good things, like being able to travel and meet new people all the time. “I didn’t use to be popular in school, but now I get tons of attention everywhere I go.” However, too much attention can also be a bad thing. “I always have to worry about how I appear to others, and I have to be very careful about what I say or do. And I don’t have much private time anymore. Hanging out with friends is almost impossible for me now because there are always guards around me.”
What does Candy have to say to all those young people who want to become famous “Well,” she begins slowly, “you have to be prepared to give up your normal life. You can never imagine how difficult the road to success is. Many times I thought about giving up, but I fought on. You really require a lot of talent and hard work to succeed. Only a very small number of people make it to the top.”
【I know them】
1.interviewed v. _______
采访
2.used to be _____________
过去是……
3.take up _________________
开始从事；拿起
4.dared v._____
搭配：_________________ 敢于做某事
敢
dare to do sth.
5.not...anymore _______
不再
6.attention n._________
注意力
7.be careful about _____________
对……谨慎
8.private adj. _________________
私人的，私密的
9.hang out _______
闲逛
10.guards n. _____________ v. _____________
警卫，看守
守卫，保卫
准备好做某事
11.be prepared to do sth. _______________
放弃
12.give up _______
成功之路
13.the road to success ___________
需要，要求
14.require v. _____________
→______________（n.）要求
requirement
少数
可数名词复数
15.a very small number of_______（后接_______________）
出人头地
16.make it to the top ___________
【I can think】
选择正确答案
( ) 1. What is Candy like now
A. Shy. B. Quiet. C. Brave. D. Outgoing.
D
( ) 2. What does Paragraph 2 mainly talk about
A. How Candy’s life is different.
B. How Candy makes her life different.
C. Why Candy loves her life now.
D. Why Candy dislikes her life now.
A
( ) 3. According to Candy, what is important to those who want to succeed
①Fighting on. ②Being relaxed. ③Having a talent.
④Find a good teacher. ⑤Being hard-working.
A. ①②③ B. ②③④ C. ①③⑤ D. ①④⑤
C
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.As she got better, she dared to sing in front of her class.
_______________________________________________________________________
I think we students should dare to say something to stop wrong behavior.
2.Now she’s not shy anymore and loves singing in front of crowds.
___________________________________________________________
With Miss Li’s help, I am not worried about math anymore.
二、长难句分析
1.I asked Candy how life was different after she became famous.
本句包含一个______引导的宾语从句，宾语从句中包含一个after引导的_______________。
how
时间状语从句
2.Hanging out with friends is almost impossible for me now because there are always guards around me.
本句的主语是__________________________,是_____________作主语，谓语动词用_______。本句中包含一个__________引导的原因状语从句，从句中包含一个___________句型。
Hanging out with friends
动名词短语
单数
because
There be
Passage 2【人教八年级（下）Unit 8 Section B 2b，P63】
A Country Music Song Changed Her Life Forever
When Sarah was a teenager, she used to fight over almost everything with her family. But five years ago, while she was studying abroad in England, she heard a song full of feelings about returning home on the radio. It made Sarah think about her family and friends back in the US. She came to realize how much she actually missed all of them. Ever since then, she has been a fan of American country music.
Country is a traditional kind of music from the southern states of America. Nashville, Tennessee is the home of country music. Many songs these days are just about modern life in the US, such as the importance of money and success, but not about belonging to a group. However, country music brings us back to the “good old days” when people were kind to each other and trusted one another. It reminds us that the best things in life are free—laughter, friends, family, and the beauty of nature and the countryside.
Sarah hasn’t been to Nashville yet, but it is her dream to go there one day. She has already read a lot about the place and done some research on it. She knows that there is a Country Music Hall of Fame Museum in Nashville. There are also always a lot of great country music concerts with famous musicians and singers, like Garth Brooks. Sarah has already listened to most of his songs. “Garth is one of the most successful musicians in American history. He’s sold more than 120 million records. I hope to see him sing live one day!”
【I know them】
1.used to do sth._________________
过去常常做某事
2.abroad adv._________________
在国外，到国外
3.come to do sth._________________
逐渐开始做某事
4.ever since_______
自从
5.country music___________
乡村音乐
6.traditional adj._________
→___________（n.）传统
传统的
tradition
7.be the home of_______________
是……的故乡
8.modern adj._________
现代的
9.such as_______
例如
10.belong v._____________
短语：___________ 属于
belong to
11.be kind to_____________
对……友善
12.trusted v._______
信任
13.reminds v._______
搭配：___________________ 使某人想起某事/某物
_______________________ 提醒某人做某事
提醒
remind sb. of sth.
remind sb. to do sth.
14.laughter n.___________
笑，笑声
15.beauty n.___________
→___________（adj.）美丽的，漂亮的
美，美丽
beautiful
属于，归属
希望
18.hope v._______
搭配：_________________ 希望做某事
hope to do sth.
16.have/has been to_______
去过
17.do some research_________
做研究
【I can think】
选择正确答案
( )1.What is the last paragraph mainly about
A. Sarah’s dream. B. Sarah’s favorite song.
C. Sarah’s favorite village. D. Sarah’s music plan.
A
( )2.Which of the following words do you think can be used to describe country music
A. Exciting. B. Disappointing. C. Relaxing. D. Educational.
C
( )3.What does the underlined word “He” in Paragraph 3 refer to
A. A teacher. B. A musician. C. A traveller. D. A dancer.
B
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.It made Sarah think about her family and friends back in the US.
________________________________________________________
The moving movie always makes me think of my mother.
2.Sarah hasn’t been to Nashville yet, but it is her dream to go there one day.
_____________________________________________________
I have never been to such an interesting park before.
二、佳句积累
1. She came to realize how much she actually missed all of them.她慢慢意识到她实际上多么想念他们所有人。
2. It reminds us that the best things in life are free—laughter, friends, family, and the beauty of nature and the countryside.乡村音乐提醒我们生命中最美好的事物都是免费的——笑声、朋友、家庭以及自然和乡村之美。
Passage 1
【读前预先练】
1.get off _____________
从……下来
2.stressed adj. _________
→________ (v.) 强调；重读；使紧张
→__________(adj.) 紧张的；有压力的
紧张的
stress
stressful
3.heading v. _____________
朝着；出发
4.figure out _____________________
解决，搞定；弄明白
7.catch v. _______
→_________(过去式/过去分词)
赶上
caught
8.shock n. _______
震惊
9.confused adj. _________
糊涂的
5.in total _____________
总计；一共
6.destination n. _________
目的地
I was on a train in Switzerland. The train came to a stop and the conductor’s (乘务员的) voice over the loud speaker passed a . .1. . in German, Italian, and French. I’d made the mistake of not learning any of those languages . .2. . my vacation.
Everyone started getting off the train and an old woman saw that I was . .3. . and stressed. She could speak some English and told me that a(n) . .4. . had happened on the tracks (轨道). She asked me . .5. . I was trying to get, then went and talked to some workers, and came back to tell me that we’d have to hop(跳上跳下) trains three or four . .6. . to get there.
I was really . .7. . that she was heading the same way because it would have been impossible for me to figure it out on . .8. . own. So we went from one train station to the next, getting to . .9. . each other along the way.
She was really the sweetest woman. It was a 2.5-hour journey in total, and . .10. . we made it to the final destination, we got off and said our goodbyes. I had made it just in time to . .11. . my train to Rome. She told me she had a train to catch as well. I asked her how much farther she had to go and it turned out that her . .12. . was two hours back the other way.
She had jumped from one train to another and traveled the whole way just to . .13. . that I made it. I was in shock. A woman . .14. . her whole day sitting on trains and taking her hours away from her home just to help out a confused tourist visiting her country.
No matter how many countries I visit, I’ll . .15. . say the most beautiful country in the world is Switzerland.
( )1.A. story B. paper C. message D. book
C
( )2.A. since B. until C. after D. before
D
( )3.A. excited B. relaxed C. angry D. confused
D
( )4.A. meeting B. accident C. class D. activity
B
( )5.A. what B. whether C. where D. why
C
( )6.A. times B. seconds C. minutes D. ways
A
( )7.A. worried B. happy C. interested D. bored
B
( )8.A. his B. her C. your D. my
D
( )9.A. visit B. invite C. know D. realize
C
( )10.A. when B. unless C. though D. while
A
( )12.A. office B. hospital C. party D. home
D
( )13.A. make up B. make for C. make sure D. make clear
C
( )14.A. spent B. took C. cost D. paid
A
( )15. A. never B. always C. sometimes D. hardly
B
( )11.A. leave B. catch C. move D. miss
B
【I can express】
一、句子翻译
1.I’d made the mistake of not learning any of those languages before my vacation.
_____________________________________________________________
度假之前我没有学习过那些语言中的任何一种，这是我犯的错误。
2.It was a 2.5-hour journey in total, and when we made it to the final destination, we got off and said our goodbyes.
_________________________________________________________________________
整个旅途一共花费了2.5个小时，当到达目的地的时候，我们都下了车并互相道别。
二、句子仿写
1.A woman spent her whole day sitting on trains and taking her hours away from her home just to help out a confused tourist visiting her country.
_________________________________________________________________________
There is only one thing that people can’t take away from you—your wisdom.
2.No matter how many countries I visit, I’ll always say the most beautiful country in the world is Switzerland.
________________________________________________________
No matter what the time is, call me when you get there.
Passage 2【2021江西阅读B】
【读前预先练】
1.ridden v. 骑
→_______（原形）
→_______（过去式）
短语：__________________ 骑自行车
ride
rode
ride a bike/bikes
2.close to_____________
距离……近
3.go hiking_____________
去徒步旅行
4.mountain biking trip_________________
山地自行车旅行
5.discovery n._______
→____________（pl.）
发现
discoveries
6.share v. _______
搭配：____________________ 和某人分享某物
share sth. with sb.
7.challenged v.___________
强烈建议
8.posted v._______
上传
分享
British adventurer（冒险家）Alastair Humphreys had ridden his bike around the world, walked across India, and rowed（划船）from Africa to South America. In 2011, however, Humphreys had some of the biggest adventures of his life—and he never even left the United Kingdom.
For a year, Humphreys went on microadventures—small, low-cost trips close to home. Why did he do this “I started to think that it was possible to have an adventure anywhere,” he explains. For his first trip, he went hiking with a friend around the M25—a 188-kilometre road that goes all the way around London. Other adventures included swimming in the River Thames, sleeping outside on a hill, and going on a mountain biking trip. Humphreys learned something important from his microadventures: We find adventures when we try something new.
Humphreys wanted other people to make this discovery, too, so he decided to share his idea. He challenged people to go on microadventures and send him four-minute videos of their trips. He asked them to do things like climbing a hill, going away for a weekend, or choosing a random （任意的）place on a map and going there. People from all over the world accepted his challenge and posted their videos on Twitter.
( )1.Which of the following belong to microadventures Check and choose the right answer.
① walk across India
② sleep outside on a hill
③ go away for a weekend
④ swim in the River Thames
⑤ row from Africa to South America
⑥ hike around the road around London
A. ①③④⑤ B. ①④⑤⑥ C. ②③④⑥ D. ②③⑤⑥
C
( )2.What can we know about Humphreys’ personality according to the passage
A. Brave, creative and active. B. Proud, humorous and kind.
C. Careful, quiet and hard-working. D. Confident, strict and warm-hearted.
A
( )3.What would be the best title for the passage
A. A Big Challenge B. An Amazing Travel
C. Keep a Trip Record D. Go for a Microadventure
D
【I can express】
回答问题
1.Would you like to go for a microadventure Why or why not
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Yes, I’d love to. The reason why I would like to is that it takes less time and less money，but the pleasure it brings is the same as going travelling in far places.
No, I prefer to go to places that are set up for taking adventures. The reason for my choice is that it is more exciting.
Passage 3【2021扬州阅读 C】
【读前预先练】
1.impressive adj. _________________
令人印象深刻的
2.views n. _______
景色
3.attract v. _______
→___________（adj.）吸引人的
→____________（n.）吸引力，吸引，有吸引力的人/物
吸引
attractive
attraction
4.dressed v. _______（过去分词）
短语：_____________ 穿衣服
搭配：____________________ 穿着……
_________________ 穿着粉色的衣服
穿着
get dressed
be dressed in+衣服
dressed in pink
5.continued v. _______
搭配：___________________________ 继续做某事
continued doing/to do sth.
6.immediately adv. _______
立刻
7.be screened by _____________
被……屏蔽
8.uncertain adj. ___________
不确定的
9.head down the trail _____________
沿着小路走
10.lend a hand _______
帮忙
11.bushes n. _______
灌木
12.loose earth _____________
松软的泥土
13.figure n. _____________
轮廓，人影
14.report v. _______
报告
继续
手脚并用
17.on all fours___________
狭窄的小路
18.tight and narrow path _____________
挖掘
19.digging v. _______
→______（原形）
→______（过去式/过去分词）
dig
dug
呻吟
20.moaning v. _______
失去知觉的
21.senseless adj. _____________
被空运到……
22.be flown to _______________
15.location n. _______
方位
16.unclear state of mind ___________
神志不清
As a mountain, 1,642-foot Squaw Peak isn’t that impressive. But its views attract many hikers（远足者）. Henry Grant, a college student at Ithaca College, was one of them.
While waiting for his mother one day in August, 2019, Grant watched other hikers enjoy the view. One hiker,dressed in pink, was looking over the lip of the cliff（悬崖）with her husband.
When Grant’s mother rejoined him, the two continued on their way. Suddenly, he heard something scaring, “Paula! Paula!” a man shouted crazily. Grant turned around quickly.
Several hikers immediately started looking for her, but their view was screened by trees. Uncertain they could help, Grant and his mother headed down the trail. But when he saw some hikers still searching, he decided to lend a hand. After promising his mother that he would be safe, he went on alone.
After 15 minutes of climbing over large rocks, pushing past bushes, and slipping（滑） down loose earth, Grant found a pink figure. The woman had fallen about 75 feet. Luckily, she was alive.
“Paula! Paula!” Grant shouted. The woman didn’t reply. She was badly hurt. Grant called the police to report her location. She kept trying to move, and every time she moved, she slipped a little more. Afraid that in her unclear state of mind she might fall off the rock to her death, Grant climbed on all fours up a tight, narrow path by digging into the earth with his fingers and feet until he reached Paula.
Paula was moaning, almost senseless. Grant gently put her hand in his, trying to keep her mind off the pain by keeping asking her questions: “Where are you from Do you have kids ” Soon, they were joined on their perch（歇脚处）by another hiker named Simon.
About 45 minutes later, first rescuers（救援者）arrived. Paula and her husband were flown to a hospital. Five hours after the woman in pink had fallen, Grant was back on top of Squaw Peak.
( )1.Which sentence should go in the empty line in Paragraph 3
A. He ran as fast as possible to save Paula.
B. His mother turned around at the same time.
C. The woman in pink was nowhere to be seen.
D. Other hikers were scared by the terrible shout.
C
( )2.Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage
A. Grant had no difficulty in reaching Paula.
B. Simon and Grant’s mother joined in saving Paula.
C. Paula and her husband were both badly wounded and saved.
D. Grant asked Paula questions to keep her mind off the pain.
D
( )3.The underlined word “they” in Paragraph 7 refers to（指的是）__.
A. first rescuers B. Paula and Grant
C. Grant and his mother D. Paula and her husband
B
( )4.What does the passage mainly talk about
A. How a woman fell 75 feet from a mountain cliff.
B. How a young man tried his best to save a stranger.
C. How a woman managed to survive a terrible accident.
D. How a young man made a decision in face of danger.
B
【I can express】
回答问题
1.What do you think Grant is like Give at least one reason to explain your idea.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________
I think Grant is quite kind/brave because he tried his best to help find Paula although it was dangerous.
I think Grant is quite clever because he asked the woman questions to make her forget her pain.
Passage 4
【读前预先练】
1.do with _______
处理
2.pull...down _____________
毁坏；拆毁
3.pass away _______
去世
4.take one look at _____
看
5.check out _____________
查看，观察
6.leave behind ___________
留下……
7.as if _______
似乎
8.lay v.___________
→_____（原形）
→______（过去分词）
→_______（现在分词）
存在，躺
lie
lain
lying
9.cardboard box _______
纸箱
My grandparents lived in an old house on a farm. In 1963, at the age of 65, my grandfather, Erwin, decided to build a new house. He wasn’t quite sure what to do with the old house. He didn’t want to pull it down. In the end, he used a bulldozer（推土机） to push the old house far out into the trees. That old house sat there from then on.
After my grandparents passed away, I bought the farm. My wife and I raised our sons here and lived here for more than 30 years. When we first moved in, my wife took one look at the lonely house and said it was a danger. So I went to check out the old house. Maybe something of value had been left behind in it.
I felt as if I had found a time capsule（时间胶囊）. Here lay something that showed my grandparents’ lives—a broken chair, some old clothes and a radio. But the thing that drew my eyes was a cardboard box filled with paper. There were letters from old friends and relatives, now all dead and gone. There was also an uncle’s third-grade spelling book at the bottom of the box.
The years passed and we visited many places. When I looked at the old house through the trees, I wondered: How did my grandparents manage How did they live in the storms and the hard time I remembered how, as a child, I would try to walk after my father and enjoyed the life on the farm.
( )1.How did the grandfather deal with the old house
A. He pulled it down.
B. He still lived in it.
C. He sold it to the writer.
D. He pushed it into the trees.
D
( )2.Which word can you use to describe the house according to Paragraph 3
A. Old. B. Clean. C. Small. D. Dark.
A
( )3.What can we learn from the last paragraph
A. The writer didn’t live happily.
B. The writer missed his sons very much.
C. The writer missed the years on the farm.
D. The writer wouldn’t visit the old house again.
C
【I can express】
回答问题
1.Do you think the writer will pull down the old house Why or why not
_________________________________________________________________________
No, I don’t think he will. Because the old house holds his valuable memories.
2.What’s your favorite place Why do you like it
_________________________________________________________________________________________
I like Renmin Park. I like it because I enjoy walking along the river and feel relaxed there.
Passage 5
【读前预先练】
1.teenage adj. ___________
青少年的
2.ahead of _________
领先于
3.teammate n. _______
队友
4.heartbreaking adj. _____________
令人心碎的
5.as early as possible _______
尽早
6.calmness n. _______
冷静
7.interview n. _______
采访
8.competing v. _______
竞争
9.national championships _____________
全国锦标赛
10.coach n. _______
教练
11.street snack ___________
街头小吃
Teenage diver（跳水运动员） Quan Hongchan set the women’s 10-meter platform final alight（燃烧） on Thursday when she scored perfect 10 points in three of her five dives to win the gold medal.
The 14-year-old, China’s youngest athlete（运动员） in Tokyo, finished ahead of 16-year-old teammate Chen Yuxi, who won silver. The baby-faced Quan made a ripple(涟漪) in the water during her final’s performance and got 466.2 points.
In the second and fourth rounds, Quan scored perfect 10 points from all seven judges as she slipped(滑动) perfectly into the water.
Born in a small village in South China’s Guangdong Province, the reason why Quan chose to become an athlete is heartbreaking—she wanted to win prizes as early as possible to help her seriously ill mother.
Her calmness surprised reporters during her interview after the event, “I was a little nervous, but not very, just a little bit.” Quan added, “I didn’t feel different when competing at the Olympics compared to the national championships. I just did my usual things and tried to perform my diving methods my coach told me.”
Quan said her parents had told her not to be nervous and that it didn’t matter whether she got a medal or not.
“Those words really helped me,” Quan noted, saying she planned to eat latiao, a popular Chinese street snack, to celebrate tonight.
( )1.Which of the following is TRUE about Quan Hongchan’s performance in the final
A. She made a mistake because of nervousness.
B. She scored perfect 10 points in all four rounds.
C. She scored perfect 10 points from all ten judges.
D. She made a ripple in the water.
D
( )2.What does the writer think of the reason why Quan Hongchan chose to become an athlete
A. Pleasing. B. Exciting. C. Disappointing. D. Moving.
D
( )3.What can we infer from the fifth paragraph
A. She was very nervous in the final.
B. She was calm in the face of different competitions.
C. She thought she could do better in the national championships.
D. She thought the gold medals must belong to the national champions.
B
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.Born in a small village in South China’s Guangdong Province, the reason why Quan chose to become an athlete is heartbreaking.
____________________________________________________________________________________
The reason why I chose to travel in Wuyuan is simple—it is quiet and beautiful.
2.Quan said her parents had told her not to be nervous and that it didn’t matter whether she got a medal or not.
_____________________________________________________________
The girl said that her teacher always told her to be confident.
二、回答问题
1.Do you like Quan Hongchan Why or why not
__________________________________________________________
Yes, I like her very much because she is such a lovely girl.
2.What do you want to say to Quan Hongchan
_________________________________________________________
You are the best diver, and you will have a bright future.
Passage 6
【读前预先练】
1.bear v. _____________
忍耐，忍受
2.as long as _______
只要
3.skillful adj. _________________
熟练的；巧妙的
4.mate n. ___________________
配偶；伙伴；同事
5.dropped v. _______
掉落
6.fall off _______
跌落
7.fly about _________________
飞来飞去；飞翔
8.ache v. _____________
疼痛；痛苦
9.at once _______
立即
“Oh, boys, don’t throw stones at the poor bird,”said an old grey-headed man.
“Sir,”said a little one,“she makes such a loud noise that we can’t bear her.”
“I am afraid the stone will rebound（反弹） and hurt you as long as you live!”
“Rebound! We don’t understand you, sir!”
“Well, I will tell you a true story.”
“Fifty years ago, I liked throwing stones because I had no other boy to play with and I became very skillful. One day I went to work for an old couple who were very friendly to everybody, even to the birds. And the birds seemed to love the old couple, too. For seven years a bird had come and built her nest（鸟巢） in the same place. She and her mate had just returned on the day I went to work and the old couple welcomed them happily. During the day, I thought I would try my skill upon her. Suddenly the bird flew to a tree near me. I found a nice stone, and I threw it with my best skill. It hit the bird on the head and she dropped dead!”
“I was sorry the moment I saw her fall off the tree. But it was too late. All day long her mate flew about, and chirped（发啁啾声） so sadly that he made my heart ache. I said nothing to the old couple but one of their grandchildren told them about it. Though the old couple never said a word to me, I knew that they were very sad. I could never look them in the eye and tell them how sorry I was. They have been dead for many, many years, and so has the poor bird. But don’t you see how that stone rebounded, and hit me For fifty years l have still remembered it though I have never spoken of it before. But if what I have told you will stop you, I will be happy.”
The boys at once dropped the stones in their hands and the bird had no more trouble from them.
( )1.Which word can best describe the old couple
A. Kind. B. Proud.
C. Strict. D. Funny.
A
( )2.What does the underlined word “they” refers to？
A. The birds. B. The old couple.
C. The boys. D. The grandchildren.
B
( )3.How did the old man stop the boys from throwing stones at the bird
A. By driving away the bird. B. By taking away their stones.
C. By playing jokes on the boys. D. By telling the boys his own story.
D
( )4.What can we learn from the passage
A. Don’t hurt others, or you will hurt yourself.
B. Try to save others and you will feel happier.
C. Keep practicing and you will be very skillful.
D. Don’t waste time, or you will achieve nothing.
A
【I can express】
一、句子翻译
1. All day long her mate flew about, and chirped（发啁啾声） so sadly that he made my heart ache.
__________________________________________________________________________
她的同伴一整天都飞来飞去，并且发出啁啾声，声音听起来是如此伤心，让我心痛。
二、句子仿写
1. I am afraid the stone will rebound（反弹） and hurt you as long as you live!
__________________________________________________________________________
I kept a straight face as long as I could, but I finally couldn’t help laughing.
2.The boys at once dropped the stones in their hands and the bird had no more trouble from them.
_____________________________________________________________________________
I made a phone call to Mike at once to explain why I couldn’t go to his party.
三、回答问题
1.What do you think the boys will do after that
________________________________________________________________
They will remember the writer’s story and no longer hurt others.
角度2
教育故事（1篇+2篇）
(选择型阅读理解：2012 B)
Passage 1【选自人教九年级（全）Unit 11，P86】
The Winning Team
Peter kept his eyes on the ground. He felt like there was a heavy weight on his shoulders as he walked home alone. It was the worst day of his life. His mind would not stop thinking about what happened only just an hour ago on the school soccer field. How could he have missed scoring that goal He had let his whole team down. His stupid mistake made him angry. His team had lost the game because of him. He was really worried that his coach might kick him off the team.
As soon as he walked through the door, his father asked, “What’s wrong, son ” Peter’s feelings were written all over his face. “I lost the game,” Peter replied. Then he went into his room without another word. Ten minutes later, Peter heard his father knocking on his bedroom door. He opened the door to let him in.
“Look, Peter. I don’t know what happened. But whatever it was, don’t be too hard on yourself.”
“I lost the game, Dad. I failed my team. They’ll probably never let me play again.”
“Soccer is about team effort. You’re not the only reason your team lost. If you have a good team, you should support each other. Besides, winning or losing is only half the game. The other half is learning how to communicate with your teammates and learning from your mistakes.”
Peter didn’t say anything, but what his father said made him think carefully.
The next day, Peter went to soccer practice with courage rather than fear in his heart.
“Hey, guys,” he said to his teammates. “I’m really sorry about yesterday. We were so close to winning that game. But I think if we continue to pull together, we’re going to win the next one.”
To his surprise and relief, his teammates all nodded in agreement.
“Yeah,” they said, “don’t worry about it. It’s never just one person’s fault. We should think about how we can do better next time.”
Peter smiled. It made him feel lucky to know that he was on a winning team.
【I know them】
1.feel like_________
感觉像
2.________________ 停止做某事
stop doing sth.
3._________________ 错过做某事
miss doing sth.
4.______________ 使某人失望
let sb. down
5.lost v._______________
→______（原形）
短语：______________输掉比赛
输掉；被打败
lose
lose a game
6.because of_____________
因为，由于
7.as soon as_______________
一……就……
8._______________ 走过
walk through
和某人交流
municate with sb._____________
向……学习；从……中学习
11.learn from___________________________
而不是
12.rather than_________
近义表达：____________
instead of
be close to
13._____________ 接近，靠近
pull together
14._______________ 齐心协力
to one’s surprise
15.__________________ 使某人惊奇的是
担心
16.worry about_______
错误
17.fault n._______
考虑
18.think about_______
做某事感觉很幸运
19.feel lucky to do sth.___________________
9.hear sb. doing sth._____________________
听见某人正在做某事
【I can think】
选择正确答案
( )1.Why did Peter feel really worried
A. Because he couldn’t join in the game.
B. Because he thought his coach might kick him off the team.
C. Because his coach didn’t like him.
D. Because he failed the English exam.
B
( )2.What does Peter’s father think of soccer
A. It is about team effort. B. It doesn’t need teamwork.
C. It is just a game. D. It’s difficult to play.
A
( )3.After Peter communicated with his teammates, they .
A. kicked him off the team B. left him alone
C. agreed with what Peter said D. had an argument
C
【I can express】
一、句子翻译
1.His mind would not stop thinking about what happened only just an hour ago on the school soccer field.
_________________________________________________
他一直在思考一小时前在学校足球场上发生的事情。
2.The other half is learning how to communicate with your teammates and learning
from your mistakes.
_______________________________________________________
另一半是学会如何与你的队友交流，并从错误中吸取教训。
二、句子仿写
1.But I think if we continue to pull together, we’re going to win the next one.
_______________________________________
We mush pull together, or we will fail.
2.To his surprise and relief, his teammates all nodded in agreement.
________________________________________________________
To my surprise, he won the first place in the final exam.
Passage 1【2021福建阅读B】
【读前预先练】
1.volunteering v. _________________
义务做；自愿做
2.entering v. _______
进入
3.competition n._______
→__________（v.）竞争；对抗
比赛
compete
4.become crazy about..._________________
变得对……疯狂
5.projects n._______
项目
6.memorize v._______
记忆
7.hugs n._______
拥抱
支持
9.support v._______
当地的
10.local adj._________
打包
11.packed v._______
留言
12.message n._______
组织
13.organized v._______
鼓舞某人做某事
14.inspire sb. to do sth._________________
传递
15.pass on_______
8.join sb. in doing sth._________________
加入某人做某事
Ten-year-old Orion Jean has always known that kindness is important. He often practiced it by volunteering with his family. Last year, after entering the National Kindness Speech Competition, he became crazy about it. Now he works to spread kindness everywhere through projects that help others. He calls his campaign（活动） the Race to Kindness.
When a teacher told him about the competition, Orion had only 24 hours to write,memorize, and record his speech. In it, he talked about the importance of kindness. “Kindness is like spreading hugs around the world,” Orion said. He encouraged listeners to join him in doing small, kind acts for others.
Orion’s speech won the competition. He used his ＄500 prize to support his first Race to Kindness project, a toy drive for a local children’s hospital. He collected 619 toys. After that, Orion wanted to make an even bigger impact（影响）. Working with others, he packed meal bags for people in need with a kind message in each bag. Orion also organized several events in his community. In all, he collected more than 100,000 meals!
Orion believes that everyone wins this race. He says, “If you’re kind to someone else, it can make their day brighter and inspire them to pass on kindness. And then it just grows and grows, and it can make the world a better place.”
( )1.Why did Orion start his campaign
A. To spread kindness. B. To win the competition.
C. To take part in a race. D. To volunteer with his family.
A
( )2.What does the underlined word “it” in Paragraph 2 probably refer to
A. The competition. B. The world. C. His speech. D. His campaign.
C
( )3.Which of the following has something to do with Orion’s campaign
A. B. C. D.
B
( )4.What did Orion do for his campaign
A. Joined in a competition. B. Recorded his speech.
C. Built a hospital. D. Collected over 100, 000 meals.
D
( )5.What’s the main idea of the last paragraph
A. Practice makes perfect.
B. One is never too old to learn.
C. Believing in yourself is the first step to success.
D. Roses given to others, sweet smell left in your hand.
D
【I can express】
一、句子翻译
1.Kindness is like spreading hugs around the world.
_________________________________
善良就像在全世界各地传播拥抱。
2.He encouraged listeners to join him in doing small, kind acts for others.
_______________________________________________
他鼓励听众和他一起为他人做微小、友好的事情。
3.If you’re kind to someone else, it can make their day brighter and inspire them to pass on kindness.
_________________________________________________________________________
如果你对别人友好，那将会使他们的日子更加明媚，而且会鼓舞他们传递友善。
二、回答问题
1.Are you willing to do something nice for others Why or why not
____________________________________________________
Yes, I am. Because I think that will make me happy.
2.What did you do to help your community
______________________________________________
I helped the old people take out their rubbish.
3.What will you do if someone has helped you
___________________________________________________________________
I will say “thank you” to the person and pass on kindness to others.
Passage 2
【读前预先练】
1.plenty of _______
许多
2.soccer practice___________
足球训练
3.too tired to do sth. _________________________
太累了以至于不能做某事
4.collection n._______
收集
5.for sure _______
肯定
6.unfortunately adv. ___________
不幸的是
7.messy adj. _____________
杂乱不堪的
8.bedtime n.___________
睡觉时间
It was Monday afternoon. Pointing to the blackboard, Mr. Hayes reminded his students, “You should hand in your book report next Monday.”
Katy said in a low voice, “I haven’t started yet.”
Tom looked surprised, “I’ve already finished reading mine.”
“We still have a whole week,” Katy said. “There’s plenty of time. I will start reading it tonight right after the soccer practice.”
But Katy was too tired to read after the soccer practice. “I’ll start the book tomorrow,” she told herself.
Tuesday came. Katy watched TV for a few hours, and then worked on her coin collection until bedtime. “It’s too late to read now,” Katy decided.“Tomorrow, I’ll start it for sure.”
On Wednesday, Tom warned her not to leave things until the last minute.
“It’s not the last minute,” Katy told him. “I still have four whole days left.”
Unfortunately, she had to clean up her messy room first. Then, she was too tired to read. So Katy put off starting her book until Thursday.
It was so hard that she had read only a few pages by bedtime.
On Friday night, Katy gave up watching her favorite video, for she had to read her book. Then on Saturday morning, she went on reading it.
“At least I have the whole weekend,” she thought. However, she forgot her soccer game! So she lost several hours to read, which made her even more worried.
Katy read for the rest of Saturday, and she thought to herself, “I wish I’d started it earlier, like Tom!”
Katy finally finished reading her book on Sunday morning and stayed up writing her book report until midnight. She looked tired and nervous, thinking to herself, “I think this project has taught me an important lesson: I will never leave my work until the last minute.”
( )1.What does the underlined word “messy” in Paragraph 9 mean
A. Dirty and untidy. B. Clean and tidy. C. Noisy but clean. D. Quiet and clean.
A
( )2.Choose the best sentence to fill in the blank “ ” in Paragraph 10.
A. Katy fell in love with reading at once.
B. Katy finally began reading her book on Thursday.
C. Tom invited Katy to go to a movie with him.
D. Katy still didn’t want to begin the book report on Thursday.
B
( )3.Match the time with what Katy did.
①on Monday afternoon a. She cleaned up her room.
②on Tuesday b. She took part in a soccer game.
③on Wednesday c. She practiced football.
④on Saturday d. She worked on her coin collection.
A. ①-b ②-a ③-c ④-d B. ①-b ②-c ③-a ④-b
C. ①-c ②-b ③-a ④-d D. ①-c ②-d ③-a ④-b
D
【I can express】
一、句子翻译
1.So she lost several hours to read, which made her even more worried.
_________________________________________________
所以她失去了几个小时的阅读时间，这让她更焦虑。
2.Katy finally finished reading her book on Sunday morning and stayed up writing
her book report until midnight.
_________________________________________________________________
凯蒂终于在周日早上读完了她的书，然后一直熬夜写读书报告到午夜。
二、句子仿写
1.But Katy was too tired to read after the soccer practice.
___________________________________________
Alice is too shy to give a speech in public.
2.I think this project has taught me an important lesson.
_____________________________________________________________________
I think this experience has brought me much fun as well as friendship.
三、回答问题
1.Why didn’t Katy read her book on Monday
__________________________________________________________________________
Because she had a soccer practice and after that she was too tired to read it.
2.When did Katy work on her coin collection
______________
On Tuesday.
分析江西近10年中考真题可知，书面表达未涉及过“经历与感受”这一话题。分析全国近4年真题可知，此话题为常考话题，通常有以下命题角度：①自己的亲身经历与感受或对自己的影响；②他人的经历对自己的影响及自己的感受。
（2021安徽改编）
写作要点:
1. What did you do
2. What’s your feeling
要求：
1. 短文应包括提示中所有的写作要点，条理清楚，行文连贯，可适当发挥；
2. 短文中不能出现真实的人名和地名；
3. 词数不少于80。
Once I was praised
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
谋篇布局
标题：Once I was praised 开头: 引入话题 被表扬的原因：do something meaningful/helpful with my pocket money; help sb. with sth.; help sb. out...
句型：Once I was praised because I...
I was praised for...
My parents praised me for...
中间：事情经过 描述问题：had some difficulties/trouble reading/learning/going to school; couldn’t afford to...; found it hard to...
解决问题：buy...for...; decide/plan to...; give away
续表
结尾：个人感悟 词汇：glad, proud, happy, thankful, pleased...
句型：I feel/am glad that...
I’m pleased with...
I’m proud of...
I’m thankful for...
Once I was praised
______________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Once I was praised because I did something meaningful with my pocket money.
One day, I happened to know some students in our school were hungry for knowledge but they didn’t have enough books. I decided to offer my help. With all the pocket money I saved, I bought some books online, and gave the books away to the students. When my parents heard about it, they were very satisfied with what I had done and they praised me.
I feel quite glad for being able to do something nice for others. I will continue to do what I can do to help others.
参考范文
【此话题相关词汇及句型见《话题词句必背册》P3】
爱是荒漠甘泉,滋养你的心灵。爱是长夜明灯，指引你前进的方向。生活中爱无处不在。它或来自你的父母、家人,或来自你的老师、朋友、同学甚至陌生人。请你用英文以“Life is full of love”为题写一篇短文，叙述一个你经历过的充满爱的故事。
写作要点:
1. What did you experience
2. What’s your feeling
【2021昆明改编】
要求：
1. 短文应包括提示中所有的写作要点，条理清楚，行文连贯，可适当发挥；
2. 短文中不能出现真实的人名和地名；
3. 词数不少于80。
Life is full of love
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
As we all know, giving love and receiving love make our world warmer. I once got love from a stranger and I felt very warm.
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
One afternoon after school, I got on the crowded bus to go back to my home. Suddenly, I felt a great pain in the stomach. The pain was so strong that I nearly cried. A woman, who seemed in her forties, noticed me and quickly offered her seat to me. After I sat down, she asked for my father’s telephone number and called my father to tell him about my pain. What’s more, she sent me to the hospital, where my father was waiting for me. Thanks to her, I got treatment in time and got better soon.
I am really thankful for what the kind woman did. She is like sunshine that shines not only me, but also the world.(共64张PPT)
专题14 热点话题（6篇）
（完形填空A：2019，2016；选择型阅读理解：2021 C，2015 D）
Passage 1
【读前预先练】
1.gardening v. _______
园艺
2.tough adj. _________
艰巨的
3.retired adj. _________
退休的
4.elementary adj. _________
小学的
5.oversees v. ___________________
监督；无意中看到
6.purpose n. _______
目的
7.directs v. _______
指导
8.increased v. _______
增加
9.opportunity n. _______
机会
their go move that teacher in easy learn subject creative
School gardening has become very popular during the coronavirus health crisis, with families and teachers saying its hands-on lessons can be used to teach many 1. __________.
Finding the money to keep a school garden 2. _______ can be tough. Some experts and teachers, however, are finding 3. ________ ways to make it work.
Susan Hobart is a retired elementary school 4. _______ at Lake View Elementary School in Madison, Wisconsin. She oversees the school’s large garden with 12 raised beds.
subjects
going
creative
teacher
“Gardening is a great way to get kids outside with a purpose. With gardens, kids get to see a beginning, a middle and an end to 5. ______ project, with tangible（可触摸的）results,” she said. Tangible means 6. ______ being seen or recognized.
Toby Adams directs the New York Botanical Garden’s Edible Academy, where schoolchildren 7. ______ about growing food.
Adams said that interest 8. ____ school gardens increased after Michelle Obama planted a garden at the White House and invited school children to help. Adams added 9. ____ there had been another increase in interest since the coronavirus health crisis started.
their
easily
learn
in
that
“Giving kids the opportunity 10. ________ outside, get their hands dirty, and find worms, especially if their teachers are excited about it—that’s huge,” Adams said.
to work
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.Gardening is a great way to get kids outside with a purpose.
__________________________________________________________
Doing eye exercises is a great way to help protect our eyes.
2.Adams said that interest in school gardens increased after Michelle Obama planted a garden at the White House and invited school children to help.
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
The girl didn’t invite any classmate to go to her home to celebrate her birthday for the new rule.
二、回答问题
1.What do you think of school gardening
_____________________________
I think it is very interesting.
2.What is your gardening experience
__________________________________
I once planted a tree in my yard.
Passage 2【2021江西阅读C】
【读前预先练】
1.talents n._____________
才能；天赋
2.human society___________
人类社会
3.specially trained dogs___________________
经过特殊训练的狗
4.let...in_____________
让……进入
5.cheer n._____________
高兴；快乐
6.calm adj._________
冷静的
7.at peace_______
平静
8.stay n._______
逗留
9.program n._______
项目
10.powerful nose_____________________
嗅觉功能强大的鼻子
11.ability n._______
能力
12.luggage n._______
行李
13.mail n._______
邮件
14.advantages n._______
优点
15.disappeared v._______
消失
Today, by carefully choosing dog parents, humans have created many different kinds of dogs. Each kind has its own look and talents, and its own role within human society. Here are three examples of “a dog’s life” in the human world.
Today, many hospitals let specially trained dogs in to bring love and cheer to patients. Shaynee is a therapy（治疗）dog. She visits children who are in hospital. Dogs like Shaynee help patients feel calm and at peace, which can be hard in a busy hospital. They help both children and adults stay strong during long hospital stays, and, some suggest, even help them get better.
Today, some beagles（小猎犬）work in airports for the government. They are part of the program called the Beagle Brigade. A beagle is good for the work because of its powerful nose, and ability to follow smells. The Beagle Brigade’s job is to smell everything that comes into the country. They make officers notice illegal（非法的）fruits, vegetables, and other foods in luggage or in mail. The beagles do the job far better than any human could.
While some dogs are working hard, others are free to spend their days resting and playing. Across the world, many pet dogs are treated like children. Many have their own rooms and all the things a dog could want. Some even have their own clothes. Many of these pets spend their days playing, learning to follow, or even going to classes. Their owners give them the best, and enjoy doing so.
Whether as workers or objects of affection（钟情）, dogs have become helpful to humans in many ways. There are plenty of advantages for the dog, too. Many kinds of wild dogs have nearly disappeared from Earth. However, the domestic dog’s special place as “man’s best friend” has allowed it to survive（存活）in a human world.
( )1.What is the main idea of Paragraph 2
A. Hospitals need many special dogs. B. Dogs can take care of patients.
C. Patients need love in the hospital. D. Doctors are too busy to see patients.
B
( )2.What does the underlined word “domestic” in Paragraph 5 mean
A. Trained. B. Smart. C. Hungry. D. Valuable.
A
( )3.What’s the purpose of the passage
A. To ask people to treat dogs as their own children.
B. To explain why humans need beagles in their work.
C. To tell people about the history of dogs’ development.
D. To show a good relationship between dogs and humans.
D
( )4.Which of the following best shows the structure of the passage
A. B. C. D.
C
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.Today, by carefully choosing dog parents, humans have created many different kinds of dogs.
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
By reading English aloud for at least 30 minutes every day, Li Li’s spoken English has improved a lot.
2.A beagle is good for the work because of its powerful nose, and ability to follow smells.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Planting more trees is good for our city because they can make our city more beautiful.
3.While some dogs are working hard, others are free to spend their days resting and playing.
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
While many children in the city are enjoying their free time, those children in the countryside have to work in the field.
二、回答问题
1.Do you like dogs Why or why not
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________
Yes, I like dogs very much. I love them because they are very funny and they seem to have the ability to understand me.
No, I don’t like dogs because they always make me scared.
2.What animal would you like to have as a pet
____________________________________________
I want to have a dog/a cat/a bird/...as a pet.
Passage 3
【读前预先练】
1.found v. _______
→_______（原形）
发现
find
2.the number of..._____________
……的数量
3.more than _______
超过
4.doubled v._______
加倍
5.be based on _______
基于
6.offer sth. to sb. _________________
为某人提供某物
7.guidance n. _______
→________ （v.） 指导
指导
guide
spend…on sth.
9.________________ 花费……在某事/物上
呼吸
10.breathe v. _______
→_________ （n.） 呼吸
breath
表明；建议
11.suggest v. _____________
→____________ （n.） 建议
suggestion
持续的
12.continuing adj. _________
远离
13.move away from _______
pressure
14.__________ （n.） 压力
反思；重新思考
15.rethink v. _________________
影响
16.effect n. _______
8.on average_______
平均
A new study has found that the number of young Americans who watch online videos each day has more than doubled in the past four years.
The findings were based on a survey of about 1,700 young people aged 8 to 18. The group researches youth technology activity and offers guidance to parents.
The survey found that all screen time for young Americans did not change much over the past four years. On average, preteens spent just under five hours of screen time on devices（phones or computers, etc.） each day. Teens had about seven and a half hours of screen time. The numbers did not include time young people spent on their devices doing homework, reading books or listening to music.
Common Sence Media’s director of research, Michale Robb, told the Associated Press that such screen time among American youth “really is the air they breathe”.
The findings suggest a continuing change by young people to move away from traditional television to watch online videos.
YouTube, which is owned by Google, was the number one choice of youth for online videos, even among the preteens surveyed.
Robb said the common use of YouTube by young people “puts a lot of pressure” on parents to find ways to limit what their children see.
In answer to the survey, YouTube said the company is rethinking the way to solve the problem.
But experts say it is easy for many children to get the videos they want to watch, whether on YouTube or another service.
Sarah Domoff is a professor at Central Michigan University who studies the effects of technology on youth and families. She told the AP that parents often do not have the time or skills to limit what their children are watching effectively. Domoff said she thought many parents could do more to try to track（追踪） the screen time of their children. She added, however, that tools aimed at limiting usage on services, such as YouTube, could be greatly improved. “It’s really hard to block out certain things unless you’re really standing over（监视） your child,” Domoff said.
( )1.What can we learn from Paragraph 3
A. Time that preteens spent on all screens now is less than teens’.
B. Young Americans spent less time on screens in the past four years.
C. Fewer young Americans watch online videos now.
D. Young people spent more time on homework and books than online videos in the past four years.
A
( )2.What puts a lot of pressure on parents according to Robb’s words
A. Many more young people use YouTube.
B. YouTube is too difficult for the old to log in.
C. YouTube is much easier for young people to log in.
D. Young Americans think YouTube is ordinary enough.
A
( )3.What will probably happen after YouTube’s answer to the survey
A. It’s impossible for kids to watch videos online freely.
B. No change will happen after YouTube improves the way.
C. YouTube will cooperate with other companies in service.
D. YouTube will be able to improve the way as parents would like.
D
【I can think】
完成思维导图
【I can express】
一、句子翻译
1.On average, preteens spent just under five hours of screen time on devices（phones or computers, etc.） each day.
__________________________________________________________________________
平均而言，青春期前的孩子每天在设备（电话或电脑等）上花费的时间不到5个小时。
2.It’s really hard to block out certain things unless you’re really standing over（监视） your child.
_________________________________________________________
除非你真的去监视你的孩子，否则很难把某些事情排除在外。
二、句子仿写
1.A new study has found that the number of young Americans who watch online videos each day has more than doubled in the past four years.
______________________________________________________________________________________________________
A new study has found that the number of families that have cars is increasing quickly these years.
2.But experts say it is easy for many children to get the videos they want to watch, whether on YouTube or another service.
___________________________________________________________________
It is necessary for students to do eye exercises after continuing study.
Passage 4
【读前预先练】
1.participation n. _______
→____________ （v.） 参加
→_____________ （n.） 参加者
短语：_______________参与；参加
参加
participate
participant
participate in
2.trophies n. _______
奖杯
3.____________ 代替，而不是
instead of
4.protect… from... ___________________
保护……免于……
5.positively adv. _________
积极地
6.discouraged v. _________
使灰心
7.would rather do sth. than do sth. _________________________
宁愿做某事而不愿做某事
令人惊讶地；出乎意料地
8.surprisingly adv. _________________________
充满
9.be filled with _______
必需的
10.required adj. _________
→_________ （v.） 需要
require
出勤；出席
11.attendance n. _____________
→_________ （v.） 参加
attend
晋升
12.promotion n. _______
→__________ （v.） 提升
promote
习惯于
13.get used to _________
把……变成……
14.turn… into… _________________
15.congratulate v. 祝贺
→________________ （n.） 祝贺
congratulation
trophy
I recently watched a TV program Real Sports where the presenter looked into the culture of handing out participation（参与）trophies to children. There’s no doubt that today’s kids live in a world of scoreless games and everyone gets a trophy. Sometimes when a league decides toaward（奖励）just the winners instead of all participants, the parents buy their own trophies for the whole team!
However, when we try to protect children from losing at the early ages, are they less prepared when the real competition kicks in People who support giving trophies say they want to make each child feel special, but how does this make them feel special Stanford University looked at this recently and found that although kids react positively to praise—they enjoy hearing that they’re talented, smart and so on, they break down at the first experience of difficulty. Discouraged by their failure, they say they’d rather cheat than risk failing again.
There are also endless social-science studies showing the harmful effects of easy competition, not just on the psyche（精神）but more surprisingly on achievement. If children know they will get an award simply by showing up, what is the reason for improvement Jean Twenge, writer of Generation Me, warns that when living rooms are filled with participation trophies, it’s part of a larger cultural message: to succeed, you just have to show up. In college, those who’ve grown up receiving these endless awards do the required work, but don’t see the need to do it well. In the office, they still believe that attendance is all it takes to get a promotion.
When I was a child, I earned my fair share of trophies but none of them was for just showing up. I also missed out on even more and had to watch my friends collect them while I stood by and clapped. I realized that in life, I’m going to lose more often than I win, even if I’m good at something, and I’ve got to get used to that to keep going.
When children make mistakes, our job should not be to turn those losses into decorated（装饰性的）victories. Instead, our job is to help kids overcome difficulties, to help them see that progress over time is more important than a certain win or loss, and to help them politely congratulate those who succeed when they fail. To do that, we need to refuse all the meaningless trophies.
( )1.Why does the writer mention Stanford University’s study
A. To show kids should be awarded for their special talents.
B. To show necessary protection helps kids deal with failure.
C. To show parents should try their best to keep kids out of competition.
D. To show overpraise is likely to reduce kids’ ability to face difficulties.
D
( )2.Which of the following statements will the writer probably agree with
A. Attendance is the key to making progress.
B. Participation is more important than victory.
C. Getting awards easily stops kids from working hard.
D. Participation trophies give kids a sense of achievement.
C
( )3.What has the writer learned from his childhood experience
A. It’s difficult to accept friends’ victories.
B. It’s beneficial to learn from teammates.
C. It’s important to face winning or losing properly.
D. It’s necessary to be excellent at something to succeed.
C
( )4.Which of the following would be the best title for the passage
A. Participation Trophies: Do They Really Matter
B. Participation Trophies: Why Are They Special
C. Participation Trophies: How Do They Help Kids
D. Participation Trophies: Who Should Award Them
A
【I can think】
完成思维导图
【I can express】
回答问题
1.What can we know from Jean Twenge’s words
_________________________________________________________________________
Getting success easily will make children less willing to improve themselves.
2.What should parents do when their children make mistakes
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
They should help their children overcome difficulties，see that progress is more important than a certain win or loss and help their children politely congratulate those who succeed when they fail.
Passage 5
【读前预先练】
1.immune system ___________
免疫系统
2.deadly adj._________
→_______ （adj.）死亡的;去世的
致命的
dead
3.break out_______
爆发
4.by now_____________
到目前为止
5.effective adj._________
→________ n.影响；效果
搭配：_____________________ 对……有影响/起作用
有效的
effect
have an effect on...
减弱；削弱
8.weakened v._____________
→________ （adj.）虚弱的；微弱的
weak
看起来像
9.look like___________
被动的；消极的
10.passive adj._________________
起着同样的作用
11.play the same role_________________
与……做斗争
12.fight against..._______________
以……为例
13.take sth. as an example_____________
被制成……
14.be made into_____________
被期待做某事
15.be expected to do sth._______________
6.protect sb. from sth.___________________
保护某人免于某事
7.be made from_____________
由……组成
16.considered v._____________
→__________（原形）
搭配：____________________ 考虑做某事
___________________ 把某物当作/认为是……
consider
consider doing sth.
consider sth. as…
认为；考虑
Most viruses can be found and killed by our immune system as soon as they enter our bodies. However, some viruses, for example, the coronavirus, are sneaky（鬼鬼祟祟的）. They are difficult to recognize and find. These viruses can cause deadly diseases, like COVID-19. Human-to-human transmission（传播） can easily occur, and the pandemic（流行病） will therefore break out. Vaccination（接种疫苗） is by now a simple, safe and effective way to protect us from the diseases.
Vaccination can prepare us against viruses. Vaccines are something that “looks” exactly the same as the viruses, mainly made from the viruses that are weakened or killed. They will not make us really ill. They only stimulate（刺激） and activate（激活） our immune system to work, telling it something harmful is coming in. The immune system will know what the “viruses” look like, and send B cells（lymphocytes） or antibodies（抗体） to find and kill them. Meanwhile, B cells will remember them for the next kill. A vaccine may also give us passive immunity by providing B cells taken from an animal or a human to play the same role.
Scientists have developed more than 180 vaccines to fight against COVID-19. The technical approaches（方式） of these vaccines can be a little different, but their aims are the same.
Take the inactivated vaccine（灭活疫苗） as an example. In an inactivated vaccine, the coronaviruses are already killed or made into the ones unable to produce more new viruses. When the immune system “sees” them, it will try to kill them. The question is: without enough viruses, how can B cells remember them That’s why we need to take the vaccine more than one time. Though this vaccine is safe, it might not be as effective as it is expected to be.
The live-attenuated vaccine（减毒活疫苗） is different. In this vaccine, the viruses are weakened, but they are alive. They can produce enough new viruses to train the immune system to kill and remember them, so people only need to take the vaccine once. The live-attenuated vaccine is considered the most effective, but there is a worry: what might happen once these viruses wake up
Therefore, although vaccination is by now one of the best ways to protect us from COVID-19, it can be better.
( )1.The coronavirus can .
A. not be killed B. not be found
C. cause deaths D. stop the pandemic
C
( )2.Compared to the inactivated vaccine, the live-attenuated vaccine .
A. needs taking more than once B. is equally safe
C. contains viruses that are killed D. is more effective
D
( )3.What can we learn from the passage
A. Vaccination is good enough to treat COVID-19.
B. The immune system can be more effective with vaccines.
C. The viruses in inactivated vaccines can make new viruses.
D. 180 vaccines have been developed to fight against diseases.
B
【I can express】
一、句子翻译
1.Vaccines are something that “looks” exactly the same as the viruses, mainly made from the viruses that are weakened or killed.
_________________________________________________________________________
疫苗是一种“看起来”与病毒完全相同的东西，主要由被削弱或杀死的病毒制成。
2.Scientists have developed more than 180 vaccines to fight against COVID-19.
________________________________________________
科学家们已经研发了180多种疫苗来对抗新冠肺炎。
二、句子仿写
1.That’s why we need to take the vaccine more than one time.
_________________________________________________________
That’s why Maria can get a good grade in the maths test.
2.Therefore, although vaccination is by now one of the best ways to protect us from COVID-19, it can be better.
______________________________________________________________________________
Although Quan Hongchan is only 14 years old，she has become a national hero.
Passage 6
【读前预先练】
1.find out _____________
发现，查明
2.drop from_____________
从……跌落
3.work out_______________
想出；计算出
4.requirement n._______________
→_________ （v.）需要；要求
要求；必需品
require
5.take effect_______
生效
6.multimedia equipment_____________
多媒体设备
7.give off_______
散发
室外活动
10.outdoor activity___________
8.take steps to do sth._________________
采取措施做某事
9.urge sb. to do sth.______________________
催促/敦促某人做某事
With her eyes feeling increasingly tired and her vision blurry（视力模糊的）, 16-year-old Tian Ting went to the hospital with her parents in January. She was shocked when she found out that her eyesight dropped from 5.0 to 4.6 in only a term. “A few of my friends have had the same experience lately,” Tian said.
In fact, poor eyesight among Chinese primary and high school students rose from 59.2 percent to 70.6 percent in the first six months of 2020, according to the Ministry of Education.
To protect students’ eyesight, the Chinese government worked out new requirements for school supplies（供应品） and equipment that will take effect on March 1, 2022. For example, according to the requirements, the size of the text in students’ textbooks should be no smaller than nine-point. Teachers should also try not to use projectors（投影仪） or other kinds of multimedia equipment that are too bright, Beijing Daily reported. There are also requirements for desks and classroom lights. For example, these lights should give off as little blue light as possible.
Blue light is bad for our eyes, as it can kill the photoreceptor cells（光感器细胞） we need for vision, according to Harvard Medical School. Many of the electronic devices we use every day, like our phones and computer screens, give off blue light.
Chinese government has also taken other steps to protect students’ eyesight in China. In May 2020, the National Health Commission（国家卫生委员会） urged schools to make sure that students have at least two hours of outdoor activity a day.
( )1.In the first half of 2020, about of students became short-sighted.
A. 0.4% B. 11.4% C. 59.2% D. 70.6%
D
( )2.The writer probably agrees that .
A. schools use textbooks with the smaller size of the text
B. teachers use over-bright multimedia equipment
C. students should have less than two hours of outdoor activity a day
D. schools use lights that give off less blue light
D
( )3.Which of the following would be the best title for the passage
A. How to Protect Us from Illness B. How to Have Outdoor Activity
C. How to Use Electronic Devices D. How to Protect Students’ Eyesight
D
【I can express】
一、句子翻译
1.She was shocked when she found out that her eyesight dropped from 5.0 to 4.6 in only a term.
__________________________________________________________________
当她发现自己的视力在一个学期内就从5.0下降到4.6时，她感到很震惊。
2.In May 2020, the National Health Commission urged schools to make sure that students have at least two hours of outdoor activity a day.
__________________________________________________________________________
2020年5月，国家卫生委员会敦促学校确保学生每天至少有两个小时的户外活动时间。
二、长难句分析。
1.To protect students’ eyesight, the Chinese government worked out new requirements for school supplies and equipment that will take effect on March 1, 2022.
To protect students’ eyesight在句中作___________，that引导的定语从句修饰_______________。句意为:为了保护学生的视力，中国政府对学校用品和设备提出了新的要求，该要求将于2022年3月1日生效。
目的状语
requirements(共67张PPT)
话题11 文化风俗（2篇+5篇）
话题角度：中国传统文化、西方文化和跨文化交际
（完形填空A:2020；完形填空B：2016-2015；选择型阅读理解：2013 D；书面表达：2018）
【教材语篇链接】
单元 单元
七年级(下)Unit 5 泰国的文化象征——大象 八年级(上) Unit 8 感恩节
七年级(下)Unit 6 留美学生和家人在中秋节的活动 九年级（全）Unit 2 中秋节
七年级(下)Unit 10 世界各地的生日礼物 九年级（全）Unit 10 西方礼仪
八年级(上)Unit 5 西方文化的代表——米老鼠 九年级（全） Unit 12 愚人节
教材优质语篇读写练
课外语篇拓展练
高频话题写作指导：文化风俗
Passage 1【人教九年级（全） Unit 5 Section B 2b, P38】
Beauty in Common Things
Each different part of China has its own special forms of traditional art. These usually try to show the things that are important in life, such as love, beauty and family. The most common things, from paper to clay to bamboo, are turned into objects of beauty.
According to Chinese history, sky lanterns were first used by Zhuge Kongming. He sent them out to ask for help when in trouble. Today, sky lanterns are used at festivals and other celebrations. They are made of bamboo and covered with paper. When the lanterns are lit, they slowly rise into the air like small hot-air balloons for all to see. They are seen as bright symbols of happiness and good wishes.
Paper cutting has been around for over 1,500 years. Paper cutting sounds very easy but it can be difficult to do. The paper, usually red, is folded before it is cut with scissors. The most common pictures are flowers, animals, and things about Chinese history. During the Spring Festival, they are put on windows, doors and walls as symbols of wishes for good luck and a happy new year.
Chinese clay art is famous because the clay pieces are so small but they look very real. The pieces are usually cute children or lively characters from a Chinese fairy tale or historical story. The pieces are carefully shaped by hand from a very special kind of clay and then allowed to air-dry. After drying, they are fired at a very high heat. They are then polished and painted. It takes several weeks to complete everything. These small pieces of clay art show the love that all Chinese people have for life and beauty.
【I know them】
1.________________ 被转变成……
be turned into
2.______________ 根据
according to
3.be used by_____________
被……使用
4.______________ 求助
ask for help
5.____________ 处于困境中
in trouble
6.be made of_____________
由……制成
7._________________ 被……覆盖
be covered with
8._____ v. 点燃；点火
→_______（原形）
→_____（过去式）
lit
light
lit
9._____________ 被看作
be seen as
paper cutting
10._______________ 剪纸
fairy tale
11.___________ 童话
作品
12.pieces n._______；片；块；碎片
be shaped by
13._______________ 被……塑造
be allowed to do sth.
14._______________________ 被允许做某事
（使）变干；弄干
15.drying v.___________________
→______（原形）
dry
做某事花费……时间
16.It takes some time to do sth._____________________
【I can think】
一、选择正确答案
( )1.How many forms of traditional art are mentioned in this passage
A. Two. B. Three. C. Four. D. Five.
B
( )2.What’s the last paragraph about
A. Sky lanterns. B. Chinese clay art. C. Paper cutting. D. Chinese painting.
B
( )3.What’s the structure of this passage
C
A. B. C. D.
二、完成思维导图
【I can express】
一、句子翻译
1.The most common pictures are flowers, animals, and things about Chinese history.
___________________________________________________
最常见的图画是花、动物和一些关于中国历史的东西。
2.Chinese clay art is famous because the clay pieces are so small but they look very real.
__________________________________________________________________________
中国的泥塑艺术之所以出名,是因为这些泥塑摆件虽然很小,但它们看起来非常真实。
二、句子仿写
1.The most common things, from paper to clay to bamboo, are turned into objects of beauty.
______________________________________________________________
The Monkey King can turn his magic stick into a small object.
2.It takes several weeks to complete everything.
______________________________________________________________
It takes half a month to make such a beautiful hand-made bag.
Passage 2 【外研九年级（下） Revision module B,P77】
People in the UK are always talking about the weather. In the UK, instead of saying “Hello”, people sometimes say “It’s a lovely day” when the weather is sunny, or “Terrible weather, isn’t it ” when it is bad. There are many words to describe the weather too. Why is this
Perhaps one of the reasons is that the weather in the UK is always changing. The UK is made up of a group of islands. The sea separates it from the rest of Europe. The winds coming from the sea make the weather change all the time. On the same day, it can be hot and cold, dry and wet, windy and still. So people have to think about the weather all the time.
The changing weather is important for farmers. It is sometimes difficult to plan when to plant and when to pick fruit and vegetables. Too much rain in July and August is harmful and costs farmers in the UK a lot of money. But it is not only farmers who pay attention to the weather. Most British people have gardens, and they need to watch the weather carefully to decide what work to do in them.
So, there is a good reason for British people to talk about the weather. It is a very important part of their lives.
【I know them】
1.talk about_____________________
谈论……；讨论……
2.instead of_______________
代替；而不是
3.terrible adj._____________________
非常讨厌的；可怕的
4.__________ v. 描述
describe
5.be made up of_____________
由……组成
6.a group of_____________
一群；一组
7.separate...from...__________________________
使……和……分离/分隔开
8.the rest of... _____________
剩余的……
9.make sb./sth. do sth.____________________
使某人/某物做某事
10.all the time_______
一直
决定；选定
13.decide v._____________
→__________ （n.） 决定；抉择
短语：make one’s own decision_____________
decision
自己做决定
……中的重要一部分
14.an important part of_____________________
11.still adj._________________
静止的；平静的
12.carefully adv._________________________
细致地；小心地；谨慎地
【I can think】
选择正确答案
( )1.What does the third paragraph mainly talk about
A. Britain’s weather all year round. B. The weather’s importance for farmers.
C. British farmers’ greeting ways. D. British farmers’ gardens.
B
( )2.What does the underlined word “It” in the last paragraph refer to
A. Food. B. The weather. C. Work. D. Clothes.
B
( )3.Where does this passage possibly come from
A. A culture magazine. B. A science newspaper.
C. A storybook. D. A sports newspaper.
A
【I can express】
句子仿写
1.In the UK, instead of saying “Hello”, people sometimes say “It’s a lovely day”
when the weather is sunny.
_________________________________________________________________________________
In France, instead of shaking hands, people always kiss each other when they meet.
2.There is a good reason for British people to talk about the weather.
_____________________________________________________________________
There are many places of interest for foreign tourists to visit in China.
Passage 1【2020江西完形填空A】
【读前预先练】
1.cowboys n. _______
牛仔
2.freedom n. _______
自由
3.physical adj. _________
身体的
4.huge adj. _________
巨大的
5.freezing cold morning _____________
极寒的早晨
6.traditional adj. _________
传统的
7.government n. _______
政府
8.satisfaction n. _______
满足
9.boss n. _______
老板
Cowboys have lived and worked in the west and southwest of the United States for over three centuries and they are a famous symbol of the USA. When you watch those old Hollywood cowboy films from the fifties and sixties, you don’t see a job. You see a . .1. . of freedom and adventure（冒险）. However, the real job of an American cowboy has always been . .2. . and sometimes dangerous. It is physical with long hours and low pay.
Life hasn’t . .3. . much for cowboys since the early days. Cows walk across huge plains（草原）to . .4. . the grass and the cowboy rides on his horse to bring . .5. . home. Like the cowboys of the past, a 21st century cowboy . .6. . gets up early on freezing cold mornings and makes breakfast over a fire.
So why does a man—because it is usually a man—become a cowboy For some, it isn’t a . .7. . because they are born into the life. They have worked with . .8. . since they were children. They . .9. . the traditional cowboy culture. “It’s a real life about you, your horse and the open . .10. ..”
Some people choose the job . .11. . in life. Pat had an office job with the US government with high pay, . .12. . he didn’t like city life and spending all day inside. So one day, he . .13. . his job and moved to a ranch（牧场） in Texas, making much less money . .14. . a cowboy. He wanted job satisfaction. And for a cowboy, job satisfaction doesn’t come from the money or a comfortable office. It comes from being . .15. . to wake up under the sky and being your own boss.
( )1.A. life B. place C. way D. day
A
( )2.A. interesting B. boring C. hard D. easy
C
( )3.A. got B. paid C. done D. changed
D
( )4.A. catch B. eat C. touch D. take
B
( )5.A. it B. him C. her D. them
D
( )6.A. just B. still C. even D. never
B
( )7.A. problem B. choice C. plan D. dream
B
( )8.A. parents B. brothers C. cows D. sheep
C
( )9.A. create B. miss C. love D. refuse
C
( )10.A. country B. culture C. mind D. cowboy
A
( )11.A. later B. early C. quickly D. suddenly
A
( )12.A. so B. and C. since D. but
D
( )13.A. looked for B. took up C. gave up D. cared about
C
( )14.A. for B. as C. with D. like
B
( )15.A. relaxed B. slow C. late D. free
D
【I can express】
一、句子仿写
1.They have worked with cows since they were children.
______________________________________________________________________________________________
I have been interested in this kind of traditional culture since I watched a video two years ago.
2.It comes from being free to wake up under the sky and being your own boss.
__________________________________________________________________________
If I finish my homework early on the weekend, I am free to do what I like.
二、回答问题
1.What do you think of cowboys’ life
_____________________________________________
I think their life is tiring/difficult/interesting...
2.How do you like Pat’s choice of giving up the job in the office and become a
cowboy
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
He made an unusual decision, but as long as he becomes happier, I think the decision is a nice decision.
Passage 2【2021贵港选词填空改编】
【读前预先练】
1.ancient adj. _________
古代的
2.boiled water_______
开水
3.It is believed that..._______________
人们相信……
4.besides prep.___________________
除……之外，还有
5.form a...habit_____________________
养成一个……的习惯
sick keep why them medicine encourage especially prevent way with
Do you like to drink hot water Compared
1._____ people in most other countries, Chinese people 2._________ like to drink warm water. Do you know why
In the old days, people drank water from the river. The bacteria（细菌）in it could make them 3._____. Ancient people around the world used different 4._____ to kill the bacteria in the water. For the Chinese, they thought drinking boiled water was the easiest way to protect 5.__________ from the harmful bacteria.
with
especially
sick
ways
themselves
What’s more, in traditional Chinese 6.________, “yin” and “yang” mean cold and hot energy. It was believed that the power of your body cut off “yang”. And drinking hot water could nourish（滋养）the “yang” energy. That’s 7._____ traditional Chinese doctors always suggest people should not drink cold water.
Besides this, before people in northern China had central heating（中央供暖）, it was hard for them 8. _________ the cold in winter. Drinking hot water helped them to 9._____ warm. Another reason is that since the early 20th century, the Chinese government has 10.___________ people to drink more warm water. It has also helped the Chinese to form this special habit.
medicine
why
to prevent
keep
encouraged
【I can think】
完成思维导图
【I can express】
回答问题
1.What does the passage mainly talk about
__________________________________________________________
The reasons why Chinese people like to drink warm water.
2.How many reasons does the writer mention in the passage
_______________
Four reasons.
Passage 3【2021玉林阅读C改编】
【读前预先练】
1.such as___________________
例如；像……这样
2.sold v._________________
→______ （原形）
出售；销售；卖
sell
3.cooked v.___________
烹饪；煮
4.tastes v._________
尝起来
5.be made up of_____________
由……组成
6.boiled adj._________
沸腾的
7.served v.___________________
接待；服务；提供
8.be made from_____________
由……制成
9.be listed as_________
被列为
16.convenient adj._________________
15.bring good luck to_________________
13.the best-selling foods_______________
14.sent v._____________
→_______（原形）
介绍；引进
10.introduced v._____________
→______________（n.）介绍
introduction
设置；放置；安置
11.set v.___________________
→_____（过去式/原形）
→_________（现在分词）
短语：_________建立；设立
set
setting
set up
在线（的）；网络（的）
12.online adj. & adv. _________________________
最畅销的食物
邮寄；发送
send
给……带来好运
便利的；方便的
Traditional food such as Guilin Rice Noodles,Snail Rice Noodles,Rolled Rice Noodles（卷筒粉）can be found around most streets of Guangxi,which is in South Central China.
The famous snack Snail Rice Noodles is also called luosifen in Chinese. Luosifen is usually sold at roadside stands（路边摊）in night market in Guangxi.It is cooked easily and tastes good! The dish is made up of rice noodles boiled and served in soup made from river snails and pork bones which are cooked for hours.
The food was listed as part of Liuzhou’s intangible cultural heritage（非物质文化遗产） in 2008 and became popular after being introduced in the program A Bite of China（《舌尖上的中国》） in 2012.
Since then， luosifen restaurants have developed quickly across the country. Many restaurants have been set up in Beiing, Shanghai, Hong Kong... It is becoming a popular snack at home and abroad. It’s said that 28.4 million bags of luosifen were sold on Taobao last year,becoming the most popular snack in the online market. It was also one of the best-selling foods during the COVID-19 outbreak（爆发） in China.
Besides the traditional export（出口） markets,including the US, Australia,France,the food has also been sent to new markets such as Singapore and New Zealand.
( )1.What kinds of food were mentioned in the passage
①Lemon Duck ②Guilin Rice Noodles
③Snail Rice Noodles ④Rolled Rice Noodles
A. ①②③ B. ②③④ C. ①②④ D. ①③④
B
( )2.How long have luosifen restaurants developed quickly？
A. For 5 years. B. For 7 years. C. For 9 years. D. For 11 years.
C
( )3.Which of the following is true according to the passage
A. Luosifen could help to fight COVID-19.
B. People wouldn’t make luosifen any more.
C. Luosifen could bring good luck to us Chinese people.
D. Luosifen is very convenient and delicious.
D
( )4.What does the passage mainly talk about
A. Ways to cook luosifen.
B. The reasons why luosifen is popular.
C. Ways to choose delicious luosifen online.
D. A introduction to a traditional delicious food—luosifen.
D
【I can express】
回答问题
1.Do you usually eat luosifen？Why or why not？
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Yes, I do. I love the taste a lot. Besides, it’s convenient to cook it because I usually buy bags of luosifen online.
No,I don’t. I really can’t stand its smell. Whenever I smell the smell, I want to run away as soon as possible.
2.What is the traditional food in your hometown How do you like it/them
________________________________________________________________________________
My hometown’s traditional food is Nanchang rice noodles. I like eating them a lot.
Passage 4
【读前预先练】
1.hidden v. 隐藏
→_______（原形）
→______（过去式）
hide
hid
2.family recipe___________
家庭食谱
3.__________________ ……的独特的一部分
a special part of
4.family history_________
家族史
5._____________ 传承
pass down
6.______________________________ 世世代代，一代代
from generation to generation
7.be about to do sth._____________
即将做某事
知道，听说
9.know of_____________
即使，虽然
10.even if_____________
努力做某事
11.take the effort to do sth._____________
一……就……
12.as soon as_______________
从……消失
13.disappear from_____________
在……的帮助下
14.with the help of_________________
尊敬，尊重
15.honoring v._____________
继续做某事
16.continue to do sth._____________
赠送
17.gift v._______ n.礼物
8.take notes_________
做笔记
There are millions of recipes（菜谱） hidden in the boxes and hearts of grandmothers and parents. These family recipes are a special part of our family history. Some of them have been passed down from generation（一代人） togeneration.
“I realized I couldn’t go home every weekend for my mom’sdelicious dishes,” says Shreya, who is about to enter university. Shreya has recently started following her mother around the kitchen, taking notes on how to make her “masalachai” and tasty kachoris.
“Those special tastes can immediately unlock a whole flood of emotions, memories and feelings of family, love, and comfort,” said she.
She added, “I am looking forward to the day when my kids will come to know of their grandmothers through the dishes they cooked.”
But many of us find it difficult to keep the food connection with our busy life. Even if we have time, not many of us take the effort to collect and record the recipes from our grandmothers and parents. We often get a recipe on the phone and take it down quickly on a piece of paper. We just stick it onto the fridge for a week or two and forget about it as soon as the paper disappears from there.
Actually, there are simple ways to keep family recipes. Scrapbooks（剪贴簿） are easily found in the market. You caneven add photos to record everydetail of your memories about the recipe. With the help of some popular apps like Story Scans, recording family recipes has been easier. What is needed is to scan（扫描） the recipes and record the story behind each of them. It can become the most meaningful work you have ever done with and for your family.
Keeping family recipes is saving and honoring our tradition so that future generations can continue to make family ties stronger. Every time you remember your loved ones, recreate one of the dishes from your collection and let the memories from the good old days comfort you. So why not gift your kids a family recipe book when they are starting a new life
( )1.Why does Shreya follow her mother around the kitchen
A. To clean up the kitchen. B. To note down recipes.
C. To prepare family dinners. D. To talk about family rules.
B
( )2.What can we learn from the passage
A. Ways to record recipes can be easy.
B. Most people like writing recipe books.
C. Recipes have become popular with kids.
D. People often buy recipe books in the market.
A
( )3.Which of the following would be the best title for the passage
A. Family Recipes: Secrets of Cooking
B. Family Recipes Are at a Crossroads
C. Family Recipes: Connections to Interests
D. Family Recipes Are More Than Just Recipes
D
【I can think】
完成思维导图
【I can express】
一、句子翻译
1.Even if we have time, not many of us take the effort to collect and record the
recipes from our grandmothers and parents.
__________________________________________________________________________
即使我们有时间，我们也没有多少人会努力收集和记录我们的祖母和父母的食谱。
2.We often get a recipe on the phone and take it down quickly on a piece of paper.
_______________________________________________________
我们经常在电话里得到一个食谱，然后迅速记在一张纸上。
二、句子仿写
1.But many of us find it difficult to keep the food connection with our busy life.
________________________________________________________
I find it difficult to understand what she’s talking about.
2.What is needed is to scan the recipes and record the story behind each of them.
______________________________________________________________
What is known to us all is that light travels faster than sound.
3.So why not gift your kids a family recipe book when they are starting a new life
________________________________________________________
Why not hold a party for your brother on his birthday
三、回答问题
1.What does the writer mean by saying that “There are millions of recipes hidden in the boxes and hearts of grandmothers and parents”
___________________________________________________________________
Family recipes are a kind of traditional skills that will be passed on.
2.What may you do if you make family recipes
_______________________________________________
I may remember the happiness of the old days.
Passage 5
【读前预先练】
1.proverb n. _______
谚语
2.expresses v._______
→____________（n.）表达；表述
表达
expression
3.belief n. _____________
→_________（v.）相信
信心；信念
believe
4.as well as_____
也
5.wealthy adj. _________
富有的
6.earned v. _____________________
挣（钱）；赚（钱）
7.fair adj. _________
→________（反义词）不公平的
公平的
unfair
8.acceptable adj. _______________________
→_________（v.）接受
可接受的；大家认同的
accept
9.refuse v. _______
拒绝
e to an end _______
结束
A proverb is a short, well-known saying that expresses a common truth or belief. Proverbs are found in most cultures and are often very old.
In American history, Benjamin Franklin was a scientist, inventor and writer as well as a leader of the American Revolution.1. _____
Franklin wrote a book called “Poor Richard’s Almanack”. 2. _____ Some of them are still used today, like this one: “Early to bed and early to rise makes a man healthy, wealthy and wise.”Franklin is also remembered for other proverbs like, “A penny（便士） saved is a penny earned（赚）.” 3. _____
Here are other examples of proverbs that Americans use. The first ones are about love. Some people say, “All is fair in love and war.” They mean that anything you do in a relationship or in battle is acceptable.
C
E
D
4. _____ In other words, when you are in love with someone, you may refuse to see anything bad about that person.
Here is another popular saying about love: “The way to a man’s heart is through his stomach.” Some people believe that a woman can win a man’s love if she prepares his favorite foods.
“5. _____” This proverb is true in love and war or other situations. It means that what you do is more important than what you say.
We have to stop here, so we must say,“All good things must come to an end.”
B
A
A. Actions speak louder than words.
B. Another proverb says “Love is blind.”
C. He was also famous for his proverbs.
D. This means that money should not be wasted.
E. He included many proverbs that he had heard or created.
F. The proverb can make people feel better in the face of difficulties.
G. He loves reading the book because the book is about the meaning of proverbs.
【I can express】
一、句子翻译
1.A proverb is a short, well-known saying that expresses a common truth or belief.
_____________________________________________________________________
谚语一般都不长，是家喻户晓的表达，可以表示一个普遍的真理或者信仰。
2.They mean that anything you do in a relationship or in battle is acceptable.
_____________________________________________
在感情或者战争中做任何事情都是无可厚非的。
二、句子仿写
1.Benjamin Franklin was a scientist, inventor and writer as well as a leader of the American Revolution.
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Hu Bo is an excellent actor as well as a great singer./He does well in painting as well as in playing the piano.
2.All good things must come to an end.
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Boys and girls, your middle school life will come to an end./The music is on, and the program is coming to an end.
分析江西近10年中考真题可知，2018年书面表达涉及“文化风俗”这一话题，要求介绍关于茶或者民乐的中国传统文化主题活动；分析全国近4年真题可知，此话题为常考话题，考查角度通常有：①向外国友人介绍中国的传统节日、传统艺术、传统文化；②传统文化进校园活动；③介绍自己喜欢的传统艺术或传统工艺品。
（2021衡阳改编）
中华文化渊源流长，博大精深，展现出独特的魅力，让世界为之赞叹。假如你是李强，请根据以下要点和要求，用英语写一篇短文，介绍中国文化。
↓
文体:说明文
写作要点:
1. What traditional Chinese culture do you know？ →一般现在时；第三人称
2. What’s your idea on traditional Chinese culture →一般现在时；第一人称
要求:
1. 短文应包括提示中所有的写作要点，条理清楚，行文连贯，可适当发挥；
2. 短文中不能出现真实的人名和地名；
3. 词数不少于80。
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
谋篇布局
主题：介绍中国传统文化 开头：引入主题 a lot of traditional culture
中间：介绍自己 了解的传统 文化 传统文化：traditional clothing，many kinds of food，places of interest，many traditional festivals, many operas
句型：①There are many kinds of traditional culture in China, such as/for example...
②...are our traditional culture.
③We have many kinds of traditional culture in China...
④It is well-known that...are our traditional culture.
结尾：对传统文 化的看法 看法：valuable, treasure of, pass on, develop
句型：①I think...
②All kinds of traditional culture are...
There are many kinds of traditional culture in China.
We have a lot of traditional clothing, such as Tang costume，cheongsam, Zhongshan costume and hanfu. We also have many kinds of food，among which dumplings, mooncakes and zongzi are popular. As for the places of interest，Tian’anmen Square, the Great Wall and the Forbidden City are the most famous ones which all have a long history. In addition, China has many operas, such as Beijing Opera which is famous in the world.
I think all the styles of traditional culture are the treasure of our country. Every one has the duty to develop them well.
参考范文
【此话题相关词汇及句型见《话题词句必背册》P20】
随着祖国的日益强大，越来越多的外国朋友对我们中国的传统节日十分感兴趣，请你以“My Favorite Chinese Festival”为题写一篇英文短文，把你最喜欢的一个节日介绍给广大的外国朋友们，更好地宣传我们中国的传统文化。
写作要点:
1. What’s your favorite festival？
2. What do you usually do during the festival
要求:
1. 短文应包括提示中所有的写作要点，条理清楚，行文连贯，可适当发挥；
2. 短文中不能出现真实的人名和地名；
3. 词数不少于80。
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
Several days before the New Year, we begin to prepare for it. We are all busy shopping and cleaning our houses. On the eve of the New Year, the whole family get together and have a big dinner. After the meal we watch the Spring Festival Gala on TV until twelve o’clock. All the family stay up late to welcome the New Year. In the middle of the night，we have dumplings. On the first day of the New Year, each of us wears new clothes. When meeting others outside, we say “Happy New Year” and some other greetings to each other. We make New Year calls to friends and relatives. That day my parents and relatives give “lucky” money to us children.
The festival is so interesting that I am looking forward to its coming now.
The Spring Festival is my favorite among all the traditional Chinese festivals.
My Favorite Chinese Festival
_______________________________________________________________________________